diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-8.txt | 2630 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 45669 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 1044166 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/29174-h.htm | 2813 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 119998 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 200546 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25136 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43117 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39357 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_006.jpg | bin | 0 -> 67520 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_007.jpg | bin | 0 -> 96438 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_008.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47435 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_009.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27771 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_010.jpg | bin | 0 -> 135789 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_011.jpg | bin | 0 -> 60376 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_012.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9441 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_013.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47441 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_014.jpg | bin | 0 -> 5726 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_015.jpg | bin | 0 -> 19138 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_016.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27022 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174-h/images/ill_017.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26577 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174.txt | 2630 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29174.zip | bin | 0 -> 45646 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
26 files changed, 8089 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/29174-8.txt b/29174-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e61ec2e --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2630 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880 + An Illustrated Weekly + +Author: Various + +Release Date: June 20, 2009 [EBook #29174] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, OCT 5, 1880 *** + + + + +Produced by Annie McGuire + + + + + + + + +[Illustration: HARPER'S + +YOUNG PEOPLE + +AN ILLUSTRATED WEEKLY.] + + * * * * * + +VOL. I.--NO. 49. PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW YORK. PRICE FOUR +CENTS. + +Tuesday, October 5, 1880. Copyright, 1880, by HARPER & BROTHERS. $1.50 +per Year, in Advance. + + * * * * * + + + + +[Illustration: FRED'S PERILOUS ESCAPE.--DRAWN BY C. GRAHAM.] + +HANGING BY A THREAD. + +A Canadian Story. + +BY DAVID KER. + + +"Well, boys, what do you think of _this_ for a play-ground? Something +like, ain't it?" + +And well might Tom Lockyer say so. To be out in the woods on a fine +summer morning, with the whole day clear, is a pleasure which any boy +can appreciate, more especially such an active one as Master Tom; and he +and his two cousins had certainly enjoyed it to the utmost. Ever since +breakfast they had been scampering through the woods like wild-cats, +climbing trees, tearing through briers, scrambling up and down rocks, +chasing each other in and out of the thickets, and making the silent +forest ring with their shouts and laughter. + +Tom had good reason to remark, with a broad grin, that nothing was left +undamaged except their lunch bags; for all three were muddy from head to +foot, ragged as scarecrows, and so scratched that their hands and faces +looked just like railway maps done in red ink. But none the less were +they all fully persuaded that they had been enjoying themselves +immensely, and were quite ready to begin again as soon as they could +find breath to do so. + +"Here's the place for us to lunch, my boys!" cried Tom, flinging himself +down upon the soft turf that carpeted the summit of the ridge which they +had just climbed. "This is one of our best views, and you can feast your +eyes and teeth together." + +It was, indeed, a splendid "look-out place." The opposite face of the +ridge went sheer down to the edge of the river, which, narrowed at this +point to less than half its usual width by the huge black cliffs that +walled it in, went rushing and foaming through a succession of furious +rapids for nearly a quarter of a mile, plunging at length in one great +leap over a precipice of nearly a hundred feet--a perfect Niagara in +miniature. + +"I say, Tom, old fellow, didn't you tell us that you went canoeing along +this river every summer? You don't mean to say, surely, that you can +take a canoe over that water-fall?" + +"Not _exactly_," laughed Tom; "that _would_ be a little too much of a +good thing. Whenever we come to anything of this sort, we make a +portage, as the French boatmen say--carry our canoes round by land, and +then launch them again below the fall. There's a snug little path just +round the corner, and as soon as we're through with lunch we'll just go +down and look about us." + +Tom's "snug little path" proved to be very much like the stair of a +ruined light-house, and would have seemed to most people almost as bad +as going down the precipice itself. But Charlie and Harry Burton, though +new to the rocks of the Severn, had had plenty of climbing elsewhere, +while as for Tom himself, he could have scaled anything from a church +steeple to a telegraph pole. + +The view was certainly well worth the trouble. Just at the break of the +fall the stream was divided by a small rocky islet crested with half a +dozen tall pines, the "Goat Island" of this toy Niagara. In the few rays +of sunlight that struggled down into the gloomy gorge the rushing river +with its sheets of glittering foam, and the bright green ferns and +mosses that clung to the dark cliffs around, and the shining arch of the +fall itself, and the rocks starting boldly up in mid-stream, tufted with +clustering leaves, made a splendid picture. + +Close to the water's edge ran a kind of terrace, formed by the sliding +down of the softer parts of the cliff; and along this the three walked +till they came right abreast of the fall. + +"Hollo!" cried Harry, suddenly, "didn't you say that nobody ever shot +these rapids? Why, there's a fellow trying it now!" + +There, sure enough, as he pointed up the stream, appeared a canoe with a +single figure in it, shooting down the river like an arrow, and already +close upon the edge of the rapids. + +"Good gracious!" cried Tom, with a look of horror, "it's some fellow +being swept down by the stream! See, he's broken his paddle, and can't +help himself!" + +Instinctively all three sprang forward at once, although the doomed +voyager was manifestly beyond the reach of help. But even as they did +so, the crisis came. With one leap the boat was in the midst of the +rapids, banged to and fro like a shuttlecock by the white leaping waves, +amid which it appeared and vanished by turns, till a final plunge sent +it right toward the edge of the fall. + +The lookers-on turned away their faces; but all was not over yet. By a +lucky chance the boat's head had been turned straight toward the island, +upon which the current drove it with such force as to dash it in among +the sharp rocks, that pierced its sides and held it firm, while its +occupant was flung forward on his face among the bushes. + +"Phew!" said Tom, drawing a long breath, "what a shave! Ugh! wasn't it +horrid, just that last minute? I'm awfully glad he's got off." + +"But how's he to get ashore?" asked the practical Charlie. "It seems to +me he's in just as bad a fix as ever." + +Meanwhile the unlucky voyager had scrambled to his feet, and was staring +wildly about him. + +"Well, I declare!" exclaimed Tom, "if it isn't my old chum Fred Hope! +I'd no idea he was home again." + +"I don't think he sees us," said Harry; "let's give him a hail, just to +show him there's help at hand. I've heard my father say that if a +fellow's left long alone in a place like that he'll go crazy with the +fright and the motion of the water." + +Tom was not slow to take the hint. He sprang upon the bowlder behind +which they were standing, and, putting both hands to his mouth, shouted, +above the din of the water-fall, "Hollo, Fred, old boy! how goes it?" + +"Who-o's that?" answered a faint voice, tremulous with terror. + +"Why, don't you remember Tom Lockyer?" + +"Oh, Tom, is that you? Get me out of this somehow, if you can." + +"Never fear, old chap; we'll have you out in no time," replied Tom, +cheerily. + +"But how on earth are you going to do it?" whispered Harry, amazed at +his friend's confident tone. + +"Haven't the least idea, so far," answered the philosophic Tom, coolly; +"but it's got to be done _somehow_. If the worst comes to the worst, I +can always run home for help, while you two stay here and keep his +spirits up." + +"If we could only get a rope across," suggested Charlie. "He's got one +there, I know, for I saw it tumble out of the boat as she swamped; but +how are we to get at it?" + +"_I_ have it!" cried Tom, suddenly. "Fancy my not thinking of this old +sling of mine, when I've been using it all morning! I've read lots of +yarns about fellows sending messages by arrows: let's see if a stone +won't do just as well for once!" + +He produced a ball of twine from his pocket as he spoke, and fastened +one end of it firmly around a jagged stone which he had picked up. + +"See if you've got some more string, boys," said he; "perhaps this bit +won't be long enough." + +The cord was soon lengthened sufficiently, and Tom, bidding his comrades +keep a firm hold of the other end, mounted once more upon the bowlder, +and shouted, "Fred, ahoy!" + +"Hollo!" responded the islander, whose nerves were being rapidly +steadied by the prospect of help, and the sound of Tom's cheery voice. + +"We're going to chuck you a line: mind and be ready to catch it." + +"All right." + +The stone whizzed through the air, and splashed into the water on the +other side of the islet, while Fred promptly seized the cord attached to +it. + +"So far so good, as the hungry boy said when he got half way through the +pie," remarked Tom. "Now, old fellow, just knot the string to that rope +of yours, and the job's done." + +Fred obeyed at once, and the two Burtons hauled in. The rope, once +landed, was quickly made fast to the nearest tree, while Fred secured +_his_ end to one of the pines on the islet. The communication was +complete. + +"But what next?" asked Harry. "Do you expect the poor fellow to walk +ashore on that rope, like Blondin?" + +"Not quite," said Tom, laughing. "It's a case of Mohammed and the +mountain--if he don't come to me, I must just go to him. Here goes!" + +And, our hero, swinging himself up on to the rope, began to slide along +it, hand over hand, in true gymnastic style. + +Taut as the line was, it yielded a little with his weight, and he came +perilously near the water midway; but the rope held firm, and in another +moment he was safe upon the islet, shaking hands heartily with the +expectant Fred. + +"Mr. Robinson Crusoe, I presume?" said Tom, with a grin. "I'm the Man +Friday, at your service; and a nice little island we've got of it. Now, +old boy, there's your road open, and you've just seen the correct way to +travel it; so off with you, and show us the latest thing in gymnastics." + +"What, along _that rope_?" cried Fred, with a shudder which showed that +he had not quite shaken off his panic yet. "Ugh! I couldn't. The bare +sight of the fall below me would turn me sick; it looks just as if it +was watching for me to tumble in!" + +"Oh, if it's only the sight of the water that bothers you, _that's_ +easily settled," rejoined Tom, struck at that moment with a new and +brilliant idea. "I remember hearing a fellow spin a yarn once about how +he had escaped being ill at sea, by tying a handkerchief over his eyes +so that he couldn't see the jiggle-joggling of the water. If I blindfold +you, do you think you can manage it _then_?" + +"Ye-es--I should think I might," replied Fred, somewhat doubtfully. + +"Here you are, then," said the ever-ready Tom, producing a tattered red +handkerchief, with which he bandaged his friend's eyes most +scientifically. "Now, old boy, push along--think you're in for an +Athletic Cup, with a lot of ladies looking on!" + +The device worked wonders. Relieved from the disturbing sight of the +precipice and the rushing water, and hearing Tom's hearty voice behind +him, cheering him on, Fred went forward manfully; and he was quite +surprised to feel his outstretched wrist suddenly seized in a strong +grasp, and to hear the shouts of the Burtons proclaiming that he had got +safe to land. + +"Well done, our side!" shouted Tom, arriving a moment later. "That's +what I call blindman's-buff on a new principle, and no mistake!" + + + + +A STEAM-ENGINE OUT OF A TIN CAN. + +BY THE PROFESSOR. + + +Few boys seem to be aware of the entertainment they may obtain with a +soldering iron, a pair of shears, and a file. With them it is easy to +manufacture working models of machinery, and philosophical apparatus +almost without limit. Skill in the use of the iron is readily acquired +with a little practice. The quickest way to learn is to observe for a +few minutes a tinman at his work. A good-natured one, politely +approached, will quickly explain all the mysteries in the process, and +take pleasure in filling the office of teacher. For heating the iron, a +charcoal fire is generally preferred; a gas stove is also good; and even +a common coal fire can be made to answer. The first point is to make a +little of the melted solder stick to the point of the iron. For this +purpose the iron is filed bright about the point, to remove the oxide +and expose the clear metal; then the iron must be quickly applied to the +solder. If the heat is sufficient, the iron will get coated, and be +ready for use. The oxide has to be removed also from the surface of the +material that is to be united; it is the chief obstacle to successful +soldering, as the solder refuses to unite with anything but pure metal. +Sal ammoniac dissolved in water is good to cleanse off the oxide; better +still is muriatic acid, with a little zinc and sal ammoniac added. This +is known as the soldering mixture. + +One of the most convenient materials for use is common tin, which can be +obtained almost everywhere. A tin box can be melted apart, and cut into +any desired shape. Pipes to convey liquids, steam, or gas can be made by +cutting strips of the tin, and rolling them upon an iron rod. To make a +pipe, say, a quarter of an inch in diameter, get an iron rod of that +size, cut a strip of the tin about one inch wide, roll it upon the rod, +allowing the edges to lap a little. If the tin be not bright, make it so +by applying sal ammoniac with a small brush along the seam. Put on a +little powdered resin, and then solder neatly by drawing the heated +iron, with the solder clinging to it, over the joint. In this way a pipe +strong and tight is obtained; and such pipes can be joined to one +another indefinitely, in a straight line or at any angle. To unite them +in a straight line, pass the end of one into the end of the other before +soldering, or else wind an additional piece of tin over the two ends. To +make a turn, or elbow, file the ends on a bevel, or slant, bring them +together, and apply considerable solder for strength. If the solder be +rightly put on, it will hold surprisingly. + +[Illustration] + +A pretty device to illustrate the force of steam is shown in the +accompanying picture. The boiler is a simple tin can, which need not be +more than six inches high and four in diameter. To make the wheel, cut a +circle of tin two inches in diameter, and pieces for the buckets, shaped +as in the diagram. Bend each piece at right angles along the dotted +line, and solder them one after another on the circumference of the +wheel, which will then appear as in the picture. Bore a hole through the +centre, insert a piece of wire for a shaft, and solder it fast at right +angles to the wheel. File shoulders on the ends of the shaft, and mount +it in uprights fastened to the top of the boiler. Make a small opening +through the top of the boiler, and place over it a little spout in such +a position as to send a current of steam directly into the buckets of +the wheel. Make also a larger opening in or near the top of the boiler, +and surround it with a neck to receive a cork. Through this the water is +introduced. For this purpose a small funnel will be found convenient. + +When all is complete, the boiler may be filled about half full, and set +on a hot stove. When the water boils, the steam will emerge through the +spout, and propel the wheel. As the steam constantly escapes, no +explosion need be apprehended. To remove all possibility of creating too +much pressure, place the cork in the neck very lightly, so that it will +pop out if more steam is generated than can escape through the spout. +Then the miniature steam-engine and boiler may be regarded as harmless +as a tea-kettle. As the quantity of steam that can be produced is very +limited, care must be taken that there be no leaks, that the mouth of +the spout be quite small, and that the current of steam be discharged +accurately into the buckets. The bearings of the shaft should be oiled, +and everything arranged so that there will be the least possible +friction. Then the wheel may be expected to spin very rapidly. + + + + +[Begun in No. 46 of HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, September 14.] + +WHO WAS PAUL GRAYSON? + +BY JOHN HABBERTON, + +AUTHOR OF "HELEN'S BABIES." + + +Chapter IV. + +WHO WILL TELL? + +As Benny Mallow hid himself in a barn in the yard into which he had +jumped, he had only one distinct thought in his mind: he wished that the +Italian had never come to Laketon at all--never come to the United +States, in fact. He wished that the Italians had never heard of such a +place as America: if one of the race had to discover it, he need not +have gone and let his fellow-countrymen know all about it, so that they +should come over with organs and monkeys, and get boys into +trouble--boys that weren't doing a thing to that organ-grinder when he +threw a stick at them. What made the fellow go into the school yard, +anyway? No one asked him to come. Now there would be a fuss made, of +course; and if there was anything that Benny hated more than all other +things, it was a fuss. + +But what if the organ-grinder should really prove to be dead? Oh! that +would be too dreadful; all the boys would have to be hanged, to be sure +of punishing the murderer, just as the whole class was sometimes kept in +for an hour because something wrong had been done, and no one would tell +who did it. + +Benny could not bear the thought of so dreadful a termination to his +life, for he knew of a great deal worth living for; besides, his mother +would need his help as soon as he grew old enough to earn anything. What +should he do? Wait until dark, and then run away, and tramp off to the +West, where other runaway boys went, or should he make for the +sea-board, and from there to South America, from which country he had +heard that criminals could not be brought back? + +[Illustration: BENNY MALLOW IN THE BARN.] + +But first he ought to learn whether the man was really dead; it might +not be necessary to run away at all. But how should he find out? +Suddenly he remembered that Mr. Wardwell's barn, in which he was, had a +window opening on the alley; so he crept up into the loft, and spent +several moments in trying to look up the alley without putting his head +out of the window. Finally he partly hid his face by holding a handful +of hay in front of it, and peered out. Between the stalks of hay he was +delighted to see the organ-grinder on his feet, although two men were +helping him. They were not both men, either, Benny saw, after more +careful looking, for one of them was Paul Grayson; but the other--horror +of horrors--was Mr. Stott, a justice of the peace. Benny knew that +Justice Stott had sent many men to jail for fighting, and if Grayson +should tell who took part in the attack, Benny had not the slightest +doubt that half of Mr. Morton's pupils would be sent to jail too. + +This seemed more dreadful than the prospect of being hanged had done, +but it could be done more quickly. Benny determined at once that he must +find out the worst, and be ready for it, so he waited until the injured +man and his supporters had turned the corner of a street, and were out +of sight; then he bounded into the alley again, hurried home, seized a +basket that was lying beside the back door, and a moment later was +sauntering along the street, whistling, and moving in a direction that +seemed to be that in which he might manage to meet the three as if by +accident. He did not take much comfort out of his whistling, for in his +heart he felt himself to be the most shameful hypocrite that had existed +since the days of Judas Iscariot, and the recollection of having been +told by his Sunday-school teacher within a week that he was the best boy +in his class seemed to make him feel worse instead of better; and his +mind was not relieved of this unpleasant burden until at a shady corner +he came suddenly upon the organ-grinder and his supporters, when he +instantly exchanged his load for a new one. + +"Why, what's the matter, Paul?" asked Benny, with as much surprise in +his tone and manner as he could affect. + +Justice Stott had just gone into an adjacent yard for water for the +Italian, when Grayson answered, with a very sober face, "You know as +well as I do, Benny, and I saw the whole crowd." + +"I don't!" exclaimed Benny, in all the desperation of cowardice. "I +didn't do or see--" + +"Sh--h!" whispered Grayson, "the Justice is coming back." + +Benny turned abruptly and started for home. He felt certain that his +face was telling tales, and that Justice Stott would learn the whole +story if he saw him. There was one comfort, though: it was evident that +Grayson did not want the Justice to know that Benny had taken part in +the affair. + +There was a great deal of business transacted by the boys of Laketon +that night. How it all was managed no one could have explained, but it +is certain that before bed-time every boy who had taken part in the +assault on the Italian knew that the man was not dead, but had merely +been stunned and cut by a stone; that Paul Grayson knew who were of the +party that chased the man up the alley. Various plans of getting out of +trouble were in turn suggested and abandoned; but several boys for a +long time insisted that the only chance of safety lay in calling Grayson +out of his boarding-house, and threatening him with the worst whipping +that the boys, all working together, could give. Even this idea was +finally abandoned when Will Palmer suggested that as Grayson boarded +with the teacher, and seemed to be in some sort a friend of his, he +probably would already have told all he knew if he was going to tell at +all. Some consolation might have been got out of a report of Benny's +short interview with Grayson, had Benny thought to give it, but he had, +on reaching home, promptly feigned headache, and gone to bed; so such of +the boys as did not determine to play truant, and so postpone the evil +day, thought bitterly of the morrow as they dispersed to their several +homes. + +There was not as much playing as usual in the school yard next morning, +and when the class was summoned into school the teacher had no +difficulty in discovering, by the looks of the various boys, who were +innocent and who guilty. Immediately after calling the roll Mr. Morton +stood up, and said: + +"Boys, a great many of you know what I am going to talk about. Usually +your deeds done out of school hours are not for me to notice; but the +cowardly, shameful treatment of that organ-grinder began in the school +yard, and before you had gone to your homes, so I think it my duty to +inquire into the matter. Justice Stott thinks so too. When any one has +done a wrong that he can not amend, the only manly course is to confess. +I want those boys who followed the organ-grinder up the alley to stand +up." + +No boy arose. Benny Mallow wished that some one would give the bottom of +his seat a hard kick, so that he would have to rise in spite of himself, +but no one kicked. + +"Be honest, now," said Mr. Morton. "I have been a boy myself; I have +taken part in just such tricks. I know how bad you feel, and how hard it +is to confess; but I give you my word that you will feel a great deal +better after telling the truth. I will give you one minute more before I +try another plan." + +Mr. Morton took out his watch, and looked at it; the boys who had not +been engaged in the mischief looked virtuously around them, and the +guilty boys looked at their desks. + +"Now," exclaimed Mr. Morton, replacing his watch in his pocket. "Stand +up like men. Will none of you do it?" + +Benny Mallow whispered, "Yes, sir," but the teacher did not hear him; +besides, Benny made no effort to keep his word, so his whispering +amounted to nothing. + +"Grayson," said Mr. Morton, "come here." + +Bert Sharp, who sat near the front of the room, where the teacher could +watch him, edged to the end of his seat, so as to be ready to jump up +and run away the moment Grayson told--if he dared to tell. Most of the +other boys found their hearts so high in their throats that they could +not swallow them again, as Grayson, looking very white and +uncomfortable, stepped to the front. + +"Grayson," said the teacher, "I have known you for many months: have I +ever been unkind to you?" + +"No, sir," replied Grayson; then he wiped his eyes; seeing which Bert +Sharp thought he might as well run now as later, for boys who began by +crying always ended by telling. + +"You saw the attack made on the Italian; Justice Stott says you admitted +as much to him. Now I want you to tell me who were of the party." + +"May I speak first, sir?" asked Grayson. + +"Yes," said the teacher. + +"Boys," said Grayson, half facing the school, "you all hate a tell-tale, +and so do I. Do you think it the fair thing to hold your tongues and +make a tell-tale of me?" + +[Illustration: "MR. MORTON, I WAS THERE."] + +Grayson looked at Will Palmer as he spoke, but Will only looked sulky in +return; then Grayson looked at Benny Mallow, and Benny was fast making +up his mind that he would tell rather than have his friend do it, when +up stood Bert Sharp and said, + +"Mr. Morton, I was there." + +"Bravo, Sharp!" exclaimed the teacher. "Grayson, you may take your +seat. Sharp, step to the front. Now, boys, who is man enough to stand +beside Sharp?" + +"I am," piped Benny Mallow, and he almost ran in his eagerness. + +"It's no use," whispered Will Palmer to Ned Johnston, and the two boys +went to the front together; then there was a general uprising, and a +scramble to see who should not be last. + +"Good!" exclaimed Mr. Morton, looking at the culprits and then about the +school-room; "I believe you're all here. I'm proud of you, boys. You did +a shameful thing in attacking a harmless man, but you have done nobly by +confessing. I can not let you off without punishment, but you will +suffer far less than you would have done by successfully concealing your +fault. None of you are to go out at recess next week. Now go to your +seats. Sharp, you may take any unoccupied desk you like. After this I +think I can trust you to behave yourself without being watched." + +The boys had never before seen Sharp look as he did as he walked to a +desk in the back of the room and sat down. As soon as the bell was +struck for recess Grayson hurried over to Sharp, and said, + +"You helped me out of a terrible scrape, do you know it?" + +"I'm glad of it," said Sharp. "And that isn't all; I wish I could think +of something else to own up to." + +[TO BE CONTINUED.] + + + + +THREE YOUNG HAWKS. + +BY F. M. M. + + +One bright summer afternoon Bob and I slipped away from the other boys +as soon as school was out, and went gayly down the road that led to the +big bridge. + +We were going birdnesting, and were determined to add something handsome +this time to the collection of eggs that we had been gathering since +spring. + +The bobolinks knew us perfectly well; and you would have thought by the +way they rose out of the meadows on each side of the road, and sang as +if they were too happy for anything, that they were delighted to see us. +Not a bit of it. Their singing was meant to attract our attention, and +give the Mrs. Bobolinks time to glide through the tall grass, and then +rise up so far away from their nests that we would not know where to +look for them. We were not after their eggs, however, for we had all the +bobolinks' eggs we wanted, carefully blown and laid away in our +collection. Sharp as Mr. Bobolink was, we knew all his tricks, and had +outwitted him often. + +"Where shall we go, Bob?" said I. "We haven't been to see whether that +cedar-bird's nest down by the river has any eggs in it yet." + +"Oh, bother the cedar-bird! we can attend to his case any day. Let's go +through the bushes on the other side of the meadow, and then down to the +big bridge. We haven't been to the hill where the old dead tree is for +ever so long." + +"All right," said I; so we climbed the fence, crossed the meadow, and +plunged into the bushes, watching every bush, and listening to every +noise. Suddenly we heard a rustling of wings, and then a mournful cry +like the wail of a lost kitten. + +"Now, Bob, look sharp," I exclaimed; "there's a cat-bird's nest in here, +and Fred Sprague asked me to get an egg for him the first time I came +across any." + +The old bird was fluttering from bush to bush, continually "mewing," and +seeming to be in great distress. "There's the nest, Jack," cried Bob, +pointing to a mass of twigs on the top of a tall bush. "You stand +underneath and hold your hat to catch the eggs if they fall, and I'll +bend down the branch." + +The cat-bird was now in a terrible state of mind, and flew around our +heads scolding at a great rate. We told her that we only meant to take +one egg, but she wasn't a bit satisfied with our explanation. + +Down came the bush as Bob carefully bent it, and presently we could see +into the nest, where four beautiful eggs were lying. We took one of them +out, and let the branch slowly up again; but the cat-bird did not seem +at all grateful. + +"Let's blow the egg now," said I; "'twill be easier to carry. Have you +got a pin with you?" + +Bob gave me a pin, with which I made a little hole in each end of the +egg. Then putting one end to my lips, I blew gently and steadily, until +out came the clear white and then the yellow yolk, leaving the empty +shell as light as a feather. Wrapping the egg in cotton, and placing it +in a little pasteboard box that I took from my pocket, I felt certain +that I could carry it home safely. + +We found no more nests in the bushes, and after a while Bob said: "Let's +make a bee-line for the bridge, and see if there's anything in that dead +tree." + +So we came back to the road, crossed the bridge, and went to the foot of +a great dead elm-tree that stood on the side hill a little way from the +river. It must have been struck by lightning, for it was nothing but a +shell, and a long blackened crack reached from the top nearly to the +bottom of it. + +"I don't believe there's as much as a wasp's nest in there," said I. + +"We'll see, anyway," replied Bob. "I'll fire a stone at that hole up by +the top, and you stand back and watch if anything comes out." + +Bob could throw a stone straighter than any other boy in school. He hit +the trunk of the tree close by the hole, and in an instant something +darted out with a loud whir, and vanished over the tree-tops. + +"Bob," cried I, "that was a hawk." + +"Hawks don't build in holes," replied Bob. "Perhaps it was an eagle." + +"Eagles don't build in holes either," said I; "but I read yesterday that +the pigeon-hawk does build in old dead trees." + +"Then that's a pigeon-hawk sure enough," exclaimed Bob. "And there she +is, sailing round in a circle, and watching us. What won't the boys say +when they see us bringing home a lot of hawks' eggs?" + +"That's all very well; but who's going to climb the tree?" + +"You are," said Bob. "You know you're the best climber. The hole isn't +more than thirty feet from the ground." + +I was ready enough to climb, and pulled off my jacket at once; but I +could not get my arms around the tree, and the lowest branch was a dozen +feet from the ground. + +"I tell you what we'll do," exclaimed Bob. "Let's get a fence rail, and +lean it against the tree. I'll boost you, and when you get on the end of +the rail, you can reach that branch." + +We selected the longest and knottiest rail we could find, and leaned it +up against the tree. Then Bob boosted me, while he kept his foot at the +end of the rail to prevent it from slipping. By this means I managed to +reach the lower branch, and seat myself on it. + +"All right so far," said I; "but, Bob, the next branch is beyond my +reach, and I don't see how in the world I'm going to get any higher." + +"Jack," replied Bob, in a solemn tone, "you've got to do it. There's a +hawk's nest up there, and we're bound to have it." + +After making a good many trials, I found that by putting one hand in the +big crack of the tree I could get a hold that would support me, and +by-and-by I found myself standing on the upper branch, with one arm +around the trunk, and the hole within my reach. + +"Now," cried Bob, "don't waste any time, but go for those eggs, or we +won't get home before dark." + +He looked very cool and comfortable on the ground, while I was standing +in a very ticklish place, and was afraid that the dead limb might give +way at any moment. I didn't very much like to put my hand into the hole, +for how did I know but that there might be a big snake in it? However, +it had to be done, so in went my hand. Something hit it a vicious dig, +and you can be sure that I pulled it out in a hurry. To tell the truth, +I was badly frightened for a minute, and nearly lost my balance. Then it +flashed on me that the eggs we were in search of were young birds. + +"Bob!" I shouted, "there are young ones!" + +"Hooray!" cried Bob. "That's better yet. Throw 'em down, and I'll catch +'em in my hat." + +Much as I hated to do it, I thrust in my hand again, and out came a +young hawk, biting, scratching, and screaming. I didn't hold it long, +but in less time than you can say "Jack Robinson," down it went into +Bob's hat. + +Just as I threw down the third and last bird I heard Bob shout, "Look +out! the old one's coming." Then something hit me on all sides of my +head at once, just as if half a dozen school-teachers were boxing my +ears at the same time. I put up my hands to defend my eyes, lost my +balance, and, crash!-- I didn't know anything more for the next five +minutes. + +When I came to myself Bob was dashing water in my face by the hatful. I +could just manage to say, "Don't drown me." + +"Then you're not dead!" exclaimed Bob. "You gave me an awful scare. Why, +I couldn't make you speak a word. Don't ever go and do it again." + +"I'm not dead yet, Bob, but it was a pretty ugly fall, wasn't it? Where +are the young hawks?" + +"Oh, they're all right. I've got 'em tied up in my handkerchief. Try and +see if you can stand up." + +I did try, but the minute I bore my weight on my right ankle such a +sharp pain went through it that down I fell, and fainted away again. + +When I came to, the second time, I heard a man say, "Guess we'd better +carry him right down to the house, and get the doctor to 'tend to him." +Bob had gone to a farm-house near by, and had brought two men to help +him take care of me. + +"I'm all right now," said I, "except my ankle, and I guess Bob can wheel +me home in a wheelbarrow." + +"I'll wheel you myself," said one of the men. "You've done a good job +breaking up that there hawks' nest, and I owe you something for it." + +You'd better believe that the boys stared when they saw Farmer Jones +wheeling me home, and Bob carrying three young hawks in his +handkerchief. I felt pretty proud, but was laid up for three weeks with +my sprained ankle, and I made up my mind that the next time I meddled +with a hawk's nest, I'd shoot the old hawk first. + + + + +OLD TIMES IN THE COLONIES. + +BY CHARLES CARLETON COFFIN. + + +No. VII. + +JOHN STARK AND THE INDIANS. + +In April, 1752, David Stinson, Amos Eastman, William and John Stark, +paddled up the Merrimac River in canoes. Just above the junction of the +Contoocook River with the Merrimac they passed the last log-cabin. From +thence all the way to Canada there was not a white man. They made their +way forty miles farther, entered a little stream now known as Baker's +River, winding through a beautiful valley, built a camp, and set their +traps to catch beaver, which were building their dams along the brooks. + +There had been war between France and England, but peace had been agreed +upon, and the Indians, who had been on the side of France, came from +Canada and traded with the settlers along the frontier; but the settlers +were ever on the watch, fearing an outbreak of hostilities at any +moment. + +The young hunters discovered some tracks in the woods, which had been +made by Indians. + +"The red-skins are about," they said. + +It was agreed that it would be best to take up their traps and leave +quietly, for the Indians claimed the whole country as their hunting +ground. John Stark went out from the camp to take up his traps, when he +found himself confronted by several Indians, who made him their +prisoner. They had come from the village of St. Francis, in Canada, to +Lake Memphremagog, brought their canoes across the divide between the +lake and Connecticut River, and had descended that stream to the present +town of Haverhill, in New Hampshire, and were on their way to plunder +the settlements on the Merrimac. They did not know that John Stark had +any companions near at hand, nor did he inform them. + +"Why is John gone so long?" was the question asked by the others. + +"Perhaps he is lost. Let us fire a gun." + +The report of a gun echoed through the forest. + +The Indians' eyes twinkled. There were more prisoners to be had. They +stole through the woods with John, and came upon his three companions. +Eastman was on shore, his brother William and Stinson in the boat. The +Indians seized Eastman. + +"Pull to the other shore," shouted John. + +[Illustration: "CRACK! CRACK! WENT THE GUNS OF THE INDIANS."] + +Crack! crack! went the guns of the Indians. Stinson fell dead, and a +bullet split the paddle in the hands of John's brother, who leaped to +the other bank, and escaped. Crack! crack! went the guns again, but he +was so far away that they did not harm him. The Indians, enraged at +William's escape, gave John a whipping; but instead of whining, he +laughed in their faces. They gathered up the hunters' beaver-skins, took +their guns and traps, piled them upon John and Eastman, and started for +their canoes, greatly pleased with their luck. The Indians divided, one +party going over the Green Mountains with the furs which they had +captured, going to Albany, where they could get better prices than in +Canada, and the other, with John and Eastman, going up the Connecticut +to Lake Memphremagog, descending the St. Francis River to their village +on the St. Lawrence. + +It was a wearisome journey, and John had a heavy pack to carry, but he +was young, strong, brave, and was not in the least down-hearted. He did +not think that the Indians would harm him; they could do better--sell +him to the French. + +The Indian town of St. Francis was a collection of miserable cabins and +wigwams. The Jesuit fathers had been among the tribe for many years, and +had won their confidence; had converted them to Christianity; that is, +the Indians had been baptized; they counted their beads, and mumbled a +few prayers that the priests had taught them; but they had learned +nothing of the justice, mercy, or love pertaining to the Christian +religion. They were the same blood-thirsty creatures that they had +always been, and were happiest when killing and scalping the defenseless +settlers. + +The whole population--warriors, squaws, and children--came out to +welcome the returning party. True, the French and English were not at +war; neither were the English at war with the Indians; but what of that? +Had they not made war on their own account? There was no one to rebuke +them, for were not the English always considered as their enemies? + +The Indians of St. Francis always made their prisoners run the gauntlet. +It is not quite certain what the word comes from, but it means running +between two files of men armed with sticks and clubs, each Indian to +give the runner a whack as he passes. + +The Indians, squaws, children, and all, paraded in two lines about four +feet apart. Eastman was the older, and was the first to run. Whack! +whack! went the sticks and clubs, beating him black and blue. + +"Your turn now," said an Indian to John. + +He is thirty years old, tall, broad-shouldered, his muscles like springs +of steel. He has an iron will, and is quick to think and act. + +The Indians grasp their cudgels more firmly to give him a good drubbing. +What fun it will be to bring them down upon his broad shoulders, and see +him cringe! + +John comes upon the run. Quick as a flash he seizes the cudgel in the +hands of the first Indian, swings it about his head with the strength of +a giant. Whack! it goes upon the skull of one, whack! again upon the +forehead of the Indian opposite, knocking them right and left. The next +two catch it, the third and fourth. They go down as the Philistines fell +before Samson. His blows fall so fast that the Indians take to their +heels: he breaks up the gauntlet, and marches over the ground like a +conqueror. The Indians, instead of punishing him, are greatly pleased. + +It is midsummer, and the corn which the Indians have planted needs +hoeing. They take him into the field, put a hoe into his hands to work +with the squaws. + +"You hoe corn," they say. John Stark hoe corn for the Indians! Not he. +He cuts up weeds and corn alike, giving a few strokes, doing what damage +he can, and then flings the hoe into the river. + +"Squaws hoe corn. Braves fight," he says. + +Do they beat him? On the contrary, they pat him on the shoulder. + +"Bono! bono!" (good! good!) they say. + +The Indians look down upon work as degrading. They make their wives do +all the drudgery. Women were made to work, men to fight. To humiliate +their prisoners they put them to work, degrading them to the condition +of women. John Stark understood their character, and acted accordingly, +and his captors were so delighted that they wanted him to become an +Indian. + +"We make you chief," they said. + +"You be my son. I give you my daughter," said the chief. + +But John Stark had no idea of becoming an Indian. Nevertheless, he kept +his eyes and ears open. He studied their ways. They showed him how to +follow a trail over the dead leaves of the forest--how the leaves would +be rustled here and there, turned up at the edges, or pressed down a +little harder where men had set their feet. He saw what cowards they +were unless the advantage was all on their side, and how wily they were +to steal upon their enemies. He picked up a little of their language. He +was ready to go with them upon a deer-hunt; but as for working, he would +not. + +Little did the Indians think that they were teaching one who would turn +all his knowledge to good account against them a few years later; that +when they were showing him how to follow a trail they were teaching him +to trace their own footsteps; that when the time came he would pay them +off roundly for having taken him prisoner. + +He was so brave, resolute, stout-hearted, and strong that they set a +much higher value upon him than upon his comrade Eastman; for when their +friends sent money to Montreal to ransom them, they asked only sixty +dollars for Eastman, while John had to pay one hundred. So much for +being brave! The money was paid, and the two men were sent to Montreal, +and from there to Albany. As they came through Lake Champlain, John +Stark looked out upon scenes with which he was to become familiar in +after-years, and which we shall read about at another time. + + + + +[Illustration: THE RIVALS.] + + + + +LIL'S FUN. + +BY MRS. W. J. HAYS. + + +"Boys have the best of it always!" said Lil, flinging herself in the +hammock with a sigh, as she saw her two brothers, several cousins, and +their comrades, in battered hats, turned-up trousers, and dingiest of +jackets, going down through the maples with their fishing-poles over +their shoulders. + +"I think so too," said Ollie, spreading out her dainty dress, and +picking a daring grasshopper off her silk stocking. "It's just too mean +that we can't have some fun. They say we are always in the way, that we +can't even bait our own hooks--it _is_ horrid to stick those nasty worms +on!--but I can catch fish as well as any one, and if boys are around, +why shouldn't they make themselves useful? And they say we scream so, +and make such a fuss about every thing," went on Ollie, in the same +injured tone. + +"Everything is better for boys than for girls. All the stories are +written for them; they can ride, and drive, and play ball, and swim, and +skate, and--" + +"Lil! Lillie!" called a soft sweet voice, "are you in the sun? Your +complexion will be ruined." + +"There! didn't I say so?" was the somewhat incoherent reply. "Isn't it +always the way? See how we are watched: don't go in the sun, you'll be +burned; don't do this, don't do that--all because you're a girl. I'm +tired of it.--Aunt Kit, I'm not in the sun.--I wish I was," was added +_sotto voce_. + +"Country girls' mothers are not so particular," said Ollie. "Look at +those Pokeby girls in their calicoes; they climb trees like monkeys, and +they have lots of good times." + +"Let's go over and see them; it is not far. Come, Ollie." + +"In my new dotted mull and silk stockings?" cried Ollie, in amazement. +"Aunt Kit won't let us." + +"See if she don't;" and Lil bounced out of the hammock, and into the +house, where in the cool darkness of a shaded parlor sat a slender lady, +with a pile of flosses in her lap, and a graceful basket in her hands, +which she was ornamenting. "Aunt Kit, I have come to ask a favor. We are +just bored to death doing nothing." + +"Lil, how can you use such an expression? I am shocked. You are really +getting very careless in your use of words." + +"Well, then, excuse me, but it's the truth all the same. Ollie and I +want some fun; the boys wouldn't take us fishing, and now I want you to +let us put on some old duds and go over to the Pokebys'. We will promise +to come home to tea, we will be as prim as prunes afterward, and I'll +play two extra exercises to-morrow, and learn three pages of French. Now +you can't say no; there's every reason for saying yes, and you will have +a nice quiet time all day, without being bothered. Please--that's a +darling!" and she smothered her retreating relative with kisses. + +After some hesitation, and after many protestations that they would +remember every charge given them, the girls received permission to go to +the farm. + +"I never was more surprised in my life," said Ollie, as, after donning +plainer attire, she and Lil started out. "Now I am going in for a day's +fun." + +"What are you going to do?" + +"Everything. When I get hold of Clara Pokeby--There she is now!" + +"Oh, Clara!" broke out both girls at once, "we have come to spend the +afternoon, if we may. Is it convenient?" + +"I'll ask mother," said the quiet little maid, with a sincerity which +somewhat dampened Lil's ardor. + +They were joined in a few moments more by two other girls, each a year +older and an inch higher; and now Lil, having an audience, began to +talk, as they left the orchard where they had met, and from which they +were walking to the farm-house, which peered out from its thicket of +lilac-bushes, syringas, and overhanging maples. She was waxing eloquent +over her dissatisfaction with boarding-house amusements, the boys' +neglect, and her aunt's strictness, when they reached the door, and +Clara made known her wishes to her mother. + +Mrs. Pokeby had heard the conclusion of Lil's speech, and a smile was +dancing around the corners of her mouth. + +"A little more work and a little less play would be my remedy, Miss +Lil." But seeing the girl looked somewhat crest-fallen, she said, +kindly: "Come in, come in, all of you, and welcome. If you can wait till +my girls have helped me a little, you may have all the fun you can make +for yourselves." + +The farm kitchen was a very spacious room, and Lil and Ollie thought it +ever so much nicer than the one in their city house. The dresser was +filled with shining tins, the cupboard with blue china enough to stock +two or three cabinets, the floor was white as the fine sand could make +it, and the bunches of sweet herbs perfumed the room so pleasantly that +bees had evidently mistaken the place for a branch of the flower garden +by the way they flitted in and out. + +Lil and Ollie sat down to watch Mrs. Pokeby, who was preparing to bake; +but in a trice both had on aprons, and were busily assisting Clara and +her sisters. It was so nice to be trusted to break and beat eggs, to +sift flour, to wash currants, and weigh sugar. They whipped the eggs +till they looked like snow, they made the creamy butter dissolve in the +sparkling sugar, they tasted and tried the consistency of the cake, they +buttered the pans, and watched the oven. Mrs. Pokeby even let them mould +some biscuits, and spread the paste over pie plates, and drop in the +luscious fruit. So intent were they in their occupation that they hardly +noticed the lengthening shadows, and heard Clara Pokeby say it was time +to be off if they were going anywhere to play. + +"Oh, wouldn't it be nice to give the boys a supper?--a supper all cooked +by ourselves?" said Lil, with a sudden inspiration. + +"Jolly enough," said Ollie. + +"And have it in the woods," said Clara. "Do you know where they have +gone?" she asked. + +"Yes, they were to fish in Black Creek--down where we gathered +pond-lilies last week." + +"That is not too far. Mother, may we do it?" + +"To be sure. You may have a share of everything we have made. Let me +see, there's an apple-pie, a pan of biscuit-- I can whip up some +corn-bread--" + +"Oh, please let me do it," said Lil. + +No sooner said than done. Again they went to work. By the time the +corn-bread was finished, Mrs. Pokeby had packed the baskets. Lil had +looked about fifty times in the oven, and fifty times more at the +receipt-book, to see if she had followed the instructions properly, +while Clara and Ollie and the other girls had provided glasses and +spoons and napkins. + +"Now we are all ready--come on, girls," was at last the order issued by +Lil, and away they went. Mr. Pokeby gave them a lift on the empty +hay-cart, and carried the heaviest basket to the woods. They chose a +lovely spot, grassy and smooth, not far from the path where the boys +would have to pass. They could hear their voices now, and the occasional +splash of an oar. They spread out their table-cloth, made a fire, and +Lil said she was going to scramble some eggs; meanwhile Ollie and Clara +could be on the watch to secure the guests. + +It was a delightful afternoon, and a cool breeze was fluttering the +grasses. The water of the creek reflected the overhanging boughs in its +dark surface, water-spiders were spinning their little whirls, crickets +were singing, and swallows had begun their evening hunt. + +The boys, tired and hungry, pushed their boat up on the bank. One or two +were elated with their success, and had quite a string of fish to show; +the others, disappointed, had been arguing as to their want of luck, and +had subsided into silence. + +"Whew!" said Lil's brother Charlie; "I smell something good; wish I was +home; awful hungry. How is it with you, Ted?" + +"Voracious." + +"And you, Sam?" + +"Tired as that trout I chased and didn't kill." + +"My! how gamy you are!" + +Here the group came to a sudden halt. Two small maids appeared from the +woods, and making a profound courtesy to Charlie as leader, began a +speech. + +"Those bothersome girls again!" whispered Billy Brittain. + +"The Misses Pokeby and the Misses Sinclair have the honor to--to-- Oh, +Clara, what was I to say?" asked Ollie, blushing tremendously. + +"Cut it short, please; we're so hungry," put in Charlie. + +"Well, I will. We want you boys to come and get some supper which _we_ +have prepared for you--a sort of picnic, you know." + +The boys gave a shout, flung down their traps, and made for the water to +wash hands and faces, only Ted looked ruefully at his string of fish. + +"What is the matter, Ted?" said Lil, coming up, with her face all +flushed from being over the fire. + +"Why, I was wishing we could have some of these for supper; but it's no +matter, after all." + +"Oh yes, it is. If you'll scrape and fix them, I can put them in the +frying-pan in a jiffy." + +So Ted went to work with a will. + +Never had the boys tasted anything half so nice as that supper; they ate +till they could eat no more. Lil scrambled eggs, and fried fish, and +made tea, till Ollie insisted upon it that she should sit down and be +served like a princess. Then they sang, and danced, and played games +till Mrs. Pokeby and Miss Sinclair came after them, and carried them all +home in Mr. Pokeby's big wagon. + +"Really I never had more fun in my life," said Lil to Mrs. Pokeby, as +they bade her good-by at the farm gate; "and I am so much obliged to you +for letting us give that supper, though the getting it ready was the +best part." + +"That's because you seasoned it." + +"What with?" asked Lil, wondering. + +"With work--actual work." + +"Do you think so? Perhaps that's the reason boys have such good times." + +"I dare say." + + + + +[Begun in HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE No. 47, September 21.] + +"MOONSHINERS." + +BY E. H. MILLER. + + +CHAPTER III. + +CONNY REPAYS THE DOCTOR'S KINDNESS. + +But before the mountains were quite bare there came a time when even +Conny ceased to interest the family, for Joe was coming home from +college. Joe, the handsome young student, whom father, mother, Betty, +and the servants all agreed to worship. He was to bring with him a +friend, and from garret to cellar the whole house was astir to do them +honor. + +Conny was in the kitchen, polishing the silver, and listening to Biddy's +raptures. "Sure, thin, Conny, and it's a young gintleman ye'll be seein' +as there isn't the likes in ahl this miserable coontry, bad luck till +it!" + +"Is he like the master?" asked Conny. + +"Indade, thin, I couldn't be sayin' whidder it's likest the masther or +the misthress he is. Tahl an' straight, an' sooch a look in the two eyes +of 'im." + +"Conny," said the doctor, coming to the door, "I am obliged to go to +Hampton to see a very sick man. You will have to go for Master Joe and +the other gentleman to-night." + +"Yes, sir," said Conny, well pleased with the commission. + +"Be sure you start in season. Put Doll into the sulky, and lead Prince +behind. The young gentlemen can drive themselves back, unless Joe +chooses to ride Prince. He was always such a boy for a horse!" + +The doctor's rugged face softened, as it always did at the thought of +his boy, and it was no small self-denial to go away to the bedside of +some poor old wreck of humanity, delaying for hours the delight of +greeting his prince. + +Early in the afternoon Conny started on his long ride of ten miles to +meet the young gentlemen at Kilbourne, the nearest railroad station. It +was almost November, but the blue haze of the Indian summer hung over +the landscape, and the air was warm and mellow with sunshine. Any eye +but Conny's would have said that the long mountain gorges, and the +thickly wooded glens into which they opened, were deserted of all life +save the squirrels and a few wood birds, but Conny heard a hawk's note +from above the cliff, and caught sight of a man silently watching him +from behind a mossy log. He laughed a little to himself to think how +often he had played the spy in that very hollow, watching to see who +came or went from Kilbourne, and then with a word started Doll into a +quicker pace. He was at Kilbourne in ample time to meet his passengers, +and, as the doctor had anticipated, Joe decided that he would ride +Prince, as he had so often done before, while Conny should take his +friend Douglass in the sulky. + +The brief sunshine was already vanishing when they started, and the +warmth rapidly leaving the frosty air. Douglass wrapped himself closely +in his cloak, and Master Joe was glad to start Prince into a brisk +canter. Almost without warning the night shut down, and they found the +deeper cuts among the mountains quite dark. Doll was a swift traveller, +and old Prince could not keep up his pace, so Master Joe gradually fell +back, and kept near the sulky, exchanging words with his friend, and +plying Conny with questions about home. + +"We shall soon be there now," he said, as they entered a narrow gorge. +"We really ought to show you some sort of an adventure, Douglass, to +give the proper spice to your first visit to the mountains. If it was +summer, now, we could get something terrific in the shape of a storm, +and slide a few rods of road down the mountain, or pile up the track +with big trees and rocks." + +"I should fancy it was just the kind of place for banditti," said his +friend; "and I am sure some of those fellows we saw at the station look +as if they would take naturally to that sort of life." + +They were driving slowly, and at that moment a strange, shrill cry went +wavering up from below them. + +"That's a murderous voice for a bird," said Douglass. + +"It's a hawk. I fancy," said Master Joe; "you often hear it among the +mountains, though I've never been able to find the fellow.-- What's +wrong, Conny?" for Conny had stopped Doll so suddenly that Prince bumped +his nose on the sulky. + +Alas for Conny! He knew well enough what that cry meant. It was a +warning sent up to some one at the rocky pass above, to say that danger +was coming up the mountain. He remembered in an instant that old Timothy +had said there were stories of government officers in disguise spying +about Dunsmore, and that the moonshiners would make it uncomfortable for +them if they crossed their tracks. + +No dream of fear for himself came to his mind, but how should he save +Master Joe? for he knew more than even old Timothy guessed of the +lawless and desperate characters among the mountains. + +"Master Joe," said he, quickly, "would you mind changing with me a bit? +I'm lighter weight to carry, and I'll go on to let old Timothy know. +He'd be vexed not to be ready with his lantern." + +[Illustration: "CONNY WENT SPINNING AWAY IN THE DUSK."] + +Joe was quite ready for the exchange. It was many months since he had +tried the saddle, and an hour of it was quite enough to satisfy him; so +he settled back comfortably in the seat, while Conny went spinning away +in the dusk, as if old Prince had suddenly renewed his youth. They heard +the hoof-clicks on the hard road growing fainter in the distance, and +then the sharp ring of a rifle that woke a thousand echoes among the +hills. + +Douglass started, but Joe laughed. + +"Your banditti are putting in an appearance." + +"Attacking an unfortunate rabbit, I suppose," said Douglass, bravely. + +Neither of them guessed what had really happened. When Conny rode at +full speed into Hemlock Glen he had hardly a plan as to what he should +do, but the next instant a bullet struck him in the shoulder and almost +sent him from his horse. He caught the lines in his left hand, and +called in a clear but low voice to some invisible foe, "It's I, Conny +McConnell, and the lads in the buggy beyond are just Master Joe, the +doctor's son, coming home from college with a friend, just a laddie like +himsel'." + +There was not a sound in response unless a dry twig may have cracked, +but Conny paced slowly along until Doll's quick feet brought her into +the Glen. + +"Hullo, Conny!" called Master Joe, "did you hear a rifle-shot?" + +"Yes, sir," said Conny; "there's a deal of game running these nights." + +"What sort of game do you folks hunt with rifles up here?" asked +Douglass; but Conny did not answer, and in a few moments they came out +upon the open road, and saw the lights of Dunsmore about a mile before +them. + +Old Timothy was on the look-out, and long before they reached the house +they saw his lantern moving about the barn. + +"Here we are!" called Joe, throwing down the lines and springing out; +and in the happy confusion of the greetings no one looked at Conny, +until the doctor, taking his hand from the side of Prince, started to +see that it was stained with blood. + +"What! Why, bless us! Conny, what has happened to you?" + +"I think I have a little hurt somewhere in me shoulder, sir," said +Conny, sliding from the horse; "it's nothing much, sir, if you'd have +the goodness to fix me a little at the barn." + +But the doctor would not hear to such a thing, and took Conny to the +surgery, where he discovered that the bones of his arm were broken above +the elbow; and most unwillingly Conny told the story. + +How he had recognized the cry of warning, and understood that the young +gentlemen were mistaken for revenue officers, and that mischief would +probably be done them unless he could succeed in preventing the attack. + +"And so you invited them to empty their rifles on you," said the doctor, +gruffly; but as he spoke he wiped his eyes on a roll of bandages. + +"It's good luck it was me, sir," said Conny. "Wouldn't it have spited us +if Master Joe had been spoiled with a broken arm, and all the fun we've +been planning gone for nothing?" + +"But the rascals might have killed you." + +"I don't think they're that bad, sir; they were meaning a bit of a +scare, and maybe a drubbing or the likes." + +"I'll drub them," said the doctor; "I'll make this county too hot for +them," and then, having finished dressing the arm, he threw his own +dressing-gown over Conny. "My boy," he said, gently, "I understand +perfectly well what a brave thing you have done: you risked your own +life to save our Joe. I honor you and love you for it from my heart, but +you and I will keep it a secret between us for the present. I think it +would kill my wife to know her boy had been in such danger. She shall +not know it till that nest of murderers is cleared out." + +Conny's part in Master Joe's vacation was not exactly what he had +planned, but he scarcely regretted the wound that brought him such +gentle and loving care from every member of the family, by whom it was +only understood that Conny had been accidentally shot by a careless +hunter, and had borne his pain in silence all the long ride home from +the Glen. + +Months afterward, when the last moonshiner had disappeared, and the old +still in the forest had been dismantled, the doctor ventured to tell his +wife of Joe's escape. + +"And I have never thanked him," she said, her eyes filling with tears, +as she went straight to the attic, where Conny was so deeply absorbed in +a bit of carving that he did not see or hear her until she put her arms +around him and kissed him again and again. + +"I know all about it now, Conny--the brave, beautiful thing that you did +for my boy." + +"Oh, ma'am," said Conny, "it was nothing. I was so glad to do it." + +Mrs. Hunter kissed him again, as she repeated, gently, "'Greater love +hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.'" + +And Conny, not understanding, said, earnestly, "Maybe you'll think me +presuming to be saying it, but it's that same I'd do for ye, ma'am, or +for little Miss Betty, or the master himself, if it's any good it would +be bringing ye." + +"I believe you Conny," said Mrs. Hunter, "but I hope you may never have +a chance to try." + +THE END. + + + + +[Illustration] + +LITTLE MISS TURNER. + +BY W. T. PETERS. + + + "Oh, where have you been to, + My little Miss Turner-- + Oh, where have you been to to-day? + I've brought you my wagon + To take you a-riding; + So why have I found you away?" + + "Oh, I've been to the meadows," + Said little Miss Turner, + "With sweet robin-redbreast at play; + And the daisies and daffodils + Made me a bow, + And said, 'How do you do to-day?" + + + + +[Illustration: ROASTING EARS.--DRAWN BY S. G. MCCUTCHEON.] + + + + +EGYPTIAN WONDERS. + + +It is said that an Egyptian Prince dreamed one night of an obelisk, and +when he awoke ordered his engineers and his workmen to carve in solid +stone the strange and useless device. An obelisk resembles nothing so +much as the fanciful figures of a dream. It is a tall square pillar of a +peculiar form, often carved with hieroglyphics, and commemorating the +name and exploits of its founder. These solitary pillars of stone, +sometimes more than a hundred feet in height, are formed of one block or +piece, and must have been cut in the quarry with incessant labor. They +abound in Egypt, and were a common decoration of its immense temples. +Later, several of them were transported on great rafts or ships to the +city of Rome. There are in all twelve in that city. One of them is one +hundred and nine feet high without the base--a solid piece of red +granite. Europe has despoiled Egypt of its obelisks. Paris has one; +London another, crumbling away on the banks of the Thames; and we have +one in New York. The dream of the Egyptian Prince seems to have a strong +interest for all ages. + +All Egypt, its history, its cities, its buildings, its mummies, gods, +cats, hawks, bulls, sphinxes, the Memnonium, resemble the fancies of a +dream. The Nile flows through its sandy plain, and covers it with +fertility. Late discoveries have shown that it is one of the longest +rivers in the world, rising among the high mountains of Africa, and fed +by immense lakes. In Egypt it overflows its banks every year, and covers +the land with a rich deposit of mud. On its shores are the ruins of the +strangest of all architecture, the works of the ancient +Egyptians--immense, grand, awful. They are the largest of all buildings. +St. Paul's Cathedral, in London, or the Cologne Cathedral, or even St. +Peter's, at Rome, would be lost in the vast circuit of the columns of +Luxor and Karnak. As one passes them by moonlight on the smooth stream, +they seem, it is said, the palaces of giants. One temple was a mile and +a half in circumference. The Pyramids exceed all other buildings in +strength, height, and durability. Some of them are four or five thousand +years old. + + + + +[Illustration: OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.] + + +Very tasteful ornamental covers for the first volume of HARPER'S YOUNG +PEOPLE, which will conclude with No. 52, issued October 26, 1880, are +now ready, and will be sold for thirty-five cents, or forty-eight cents +if sent by mail, postage prepaid. These covers are not self-binding, but +any book-binder will put them on for a small charge. + + * * * * * + +We wish to call the attention of those of our readers engaged in making +exchanges to the great importance of careful and clearly written +addresses. We receive proofs daily of the neglect of this essential +point. In Post-office Box No. 46 we printed a letter from a +correspondent anxious to make an acknowledgment of a pretty mineral, but +who was unable to do so because she "could not make out the name" of the +sender. Another correspondent, whose correct address was printed in full +in Our Post-office Box, received a letter on which the only correct +portion of the direction was his own name and the city in which he +lived, the name and number of the street, and even the State, being +entirely wrong. That he ever received it at all is a proof of the great +experience and skill of Uncle Sam's Post-office Department. Now such a +very careless method of direction might result in the loss of valuable +minerals, stamps, or other specimens. + +Other correspondents report having received letters without name or +address of any kind, and yet the sender expected to be answered, and was +no doubt disappointed, as he was probably unaware that he had omitted a +very important part of his letter. + +We have ourselves received large numbers of correct answers to puzzles, +often accompanied by the pretty appeal, "Do, please, print my name in +the list of those sending correct answers," and neither initials, name, +nor even address attached upon which we could base an acknowledgment. +When the answers were published, and those little folks found their +solutions were correct, and yet their names didn't appear, no doubt they +thought themselves very badly treated; but the fault was not ours. + +Now when you direct a letter for purposes of exchange, copy the whole +address given in Our Post-office Box very carefully and clearly. And +give your own address in full, very plainly written, or else, even +should your letter reach its destination, you probably will not receive +an answer. + +Learn to bestow care and attention upon little things now while you are +young, and as you grow older you will find it easier to be careful in +things of greater importance, and thereby save yourself and others from +much unnecessary trouble. + + * * * * * + + BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS. + + It would be curious to know how many of the child-correspondents + of YOUNG PEOPLE are really getting good natural history + collections. I can not imagine a greater help in educating a + child. My little girl, known among them as "Wee Tot," is quite + absorbed in learning everything she can about shells, minerals, + birds, flowers, and other natural objects, and nearly every mail + brings or takes some new variety. + + ONE OF THE MOTHERS. + + * * * * * + + WEST BRIGHTON, STATEN ISLAND. + + Although I am not one of your youngest readers, I wish to tell you + that YOUNG PEOPLE is the best paper I ever saw for little folks, + and I very much wish there was one as good in my own country, + which is France. + + My pet is a little chicken hatched by steam, which I bought at + Coney Island, at a show where you can see the whole process of + hatching. The eggs are kept at a certain temperature for + twenty-one days, the length of time a hen would sit on them, and + then the little chickens begin to knock on their shells for + admittance into the wide world. In half an hour they are fairly + out, and ready to eat some yolk of an egg crumbled in little bits, + which is given them for the first few days of their life. + + I bought one when it was a day old. The poor little thing was put + in a card-board box, where it cried all the way home. I kept it in + a cage made of an old box for several weeks, fearing the cat would + take it for a bird, and eat it up. I call it Cocotte. It is very + tame, and follows me everywhere, but its favorite place is in the + kitchen closet, keeping guard over the oatmeal bag, which contains + its principal food, although it will eat any kind of meat with the + cats, and drinks milk with them. + + Cocotte, which is now two months old, is a Spanish Leghorn. She + sends her best love to YOUNG PEOPLE, and begs me to say that she + is a very happy orphan. + + A. D. + + * * * * * + + CLIFTON SPRINGS, NEW YORK. + + I have some very queer pets. They are craw-fish, which I caught in + a little creek. There were thirteen, but there are only twelve + now, for one fell out of the window. We keep them in a pan, and + they fight each other a great deal. A good many have some of their + claws bitten off, and in the morning I find a stray claw floating + on the top of the water. The two smallest are named Budge and + Toddy. I would like to know how to take care of them. + + BESSY F. + +You must put dirt and small stones on the bottom of your pan, for +craw-fish like to burrow and hide themselves in the mud. Feed them with +worms and bits of meat. If they live, and you watch them carefully, you +will find that the claws they lose will soon grow out again. + + * * * * * + + CINCINNATI, OHIO. + + As all the children write of their pets, I would like to tell + about mine. They are ten little silver minnows. They are so tame + they will come up to me when I go near them. They are very fond of + moss, which I put in the water for them, and they like to run + under it. + + In cold weather the water freezes, and I put the glass globe near + the fire to thaw. The minnows seem so happy when the water is + thawed. + + M. LILIAN K. + + * * * * * + + DUBLIN, NEW HAMPSHIRE. + + I send a very simple experiment to the chemists' club. Take equal + parts of oil and water, and even when shaken violently they will + not unite. Add a small quantity of ammonia, and they will take the + form of liquid soap. + + GEORGE L. O. + + * * * * * + + LYNCHBURGH, TEXAS. + + I am taking YOUNG PEOPLE, and I like it very much, but I like the + Post-office Box very much indeed. + + I have a pet colt. I raised it on milk. At first I had to feed it + with a bottle, as it had no mother. Its name is Minnehaha. It now + eats bread, sugar, or corn. When I call, it answers just like a + child, and will come to me. + + I have a wax doll named Lily. I had eight dolls, but I sent the + others to my little cousins. + + My little sister Ruby, five years old, has a pet cat that comes + every morning and gets in the bed with her, and lies down with its + head on her arm, like a little baby. + + PEARL A. H. + + * * * * * + + NORTH ANDOVER, MASSACHUSETTS. + + I was very much interested in the account of "Lovewell's Fight + with the Pigwackets," in YOUNG PEOPLE No. 47, as I live in the + house in which it is said Chaplain Jonathan Frye was born, and + from which he started to the fatal fight where he lost his life. + About sixty years ago my grandfather bought the house and repaired + it, and my uncle owns it now. The north portion is the oldest, and + the walls are finished with antique wooden panels. Formerly there + were very big fire-places, but they have all been modernized. + + Just before starting to fight the Indians, Chaplain Frye brought a + young elm-tree from the woods, and planted it on the green by the + road-side near the house. About a month afterward, in May, 1725, + he was killed, but the tree grew and flourished, and its great + round crown stood nobly against the storms and winds of a hundred + and fifty, years. It was known all through this region as the "Old + Frye Elm." Although it had many dead branches, it was still a + beautiful tree when in 1875 it was cut down. The trunk was left + standing about twenty feet high--a silent and mournful monument to + the memory of him who planted it. The winds carried some germs of + the solidago to the top of the stump, where they rooted in the + decaying wood, and for several autumns crowned it with their + golden blossoms. But the stump is now very much decayed, and must + soon fall, and this natural monument to the memory of a brave man + will disappear forever. + + HARRY W. C. + + * * * * * + + CONCORD, NEW HAMPSHIRE. + + I was very much interested in the story of the escape of Hannah + Dustin, in YOUNG PEOPLE No. 42, because I know many of the places + through which she passed. The brook that runs by our house empties + into the Merrimac. Lake Pennacook, now called Long Pond, supplies + the city of Concord with water. It is a favorite resort for + picnics and boating parties. + + The monument on the island at the mouth of the Contoocook is near + Fisherville, one of the suburbs of Concord. There is another + monument on the west side of Concord, which we pass every time we + go to town. It is in memory of several white people who were + massacred by Indians near that spot. + + We have felt three slight shocks of earthquakes here this summer. + + I hope the Moral Pirates will report their next cruise. + + B. M. + + * * * * * + + HAZLET, NEW JERSEY. + + I am a little boy nine years old. My mother, my little sister, and + myself came from Texas in June to spend the summer in the North. + We live in Galveston. I think HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE is full of + pretty stories. I have been very much interested in "The Moral + Pirates." I found a little row-boat in the creek last week, and + took possession of it with three of my little friends. We cruised + to the end of the creek, where we had to leave our boat, as we did + not know how to turn it around. The boat is there still. It is too + old to be of any use, and is abandoned by its owner. Mamma said I + must have been imitating the Moral Pirates. I never enjoyed myself + so much as I did that day. + + OMER. + + * * * * * + + WEYMOUTH, MASSACHUSETTS. + + I have asked my papa to write for me and tell you how much even a + blind boy may enjoy YOUNG PEOPLE. Mamma, papa, and Arthur read me + the stories over and over again. I should like to know the Moral + Pirates, but papa says my brother is one, and that ought to be + enough. + + I am almost seven. I used to run all about, chase the butterflies + and everything else that came in my way. But last year I was awful + sick, and though I run now as well as I can, my little brother can + run so much faster. I can see the light of the fire in papa's + fire-place, and the sunlight coming in at the windows, but the + things I used to see are so dark, and I can only feel. I have not + found a word of fault because I can not do like other boys. + + EVERETT C. B. + + * * * * * + + TROY, TENNESSEE. + + My brother Clarence takes YOUNG PEOPLE. I enjoy it almost as much + as he does, and he says he couldn't do without it. + + I have a doll with great blue eyes and light hair. Her name is + Dora. She is thirty inches high. Mamma dressed her in my own + lemon-colored lawn and blue sash. When papa gave Dora to me I + stood her by the side of my little sister Hallie, fourteen months + old, and they were the same height. + + My home is near Reelfoot Lake, which is about twenty miles long + and seven wide. Papa says it was sunk there about 1811. + + There are several mocking-birds tame enough to build in our yard + and raise young birds. The old ones sing all night when it is + moonlight. I am seven years old, and began school in September. + + PEARL H. + + * * * * * + + PLEASANTON, CALIFORNIA. + + I have taken YOUNG PEOPLE since No. 11, and I think it is a + splendid paper. + + I have only one pet--a black cat named Nig. He is very cunning. He + will sit up as well as any squirrel. He never mews unless he wants + a drink, or to run out-of-doors. He tries hard to turn the door + knob himself, but has never succeeded. + + MAMIE B. + + * * * * * + + I have postage stamps I would like to exchange with the + correspondents of YOUNG PEOPLE, if they will send me a list of the + stamps they would like, and of those they have to exchange. + + ETTIE A. HOUSTON, + 9 West Nineteenth Street, New York City. + + * * * * * + + My papa has taken HARPER'S WEEKLY for twenty years, and I take + YOUNG PEOPLE. I like "Old Times in the Colonies" and "The Story of + the American Navy" the best. I have a collection of about one + hundred and fifty stamps, and would like to exchange with any + readers of YOUNG PEOPLE. + + CURTIS BISHOP, + P. O. Box 1093, New London, Connecticut. + + * * * * * + + I have just begun to take YOUNG PEOPLE, and I like it very much. I + think "The Moral Pirates" ended splendidly. + + If any boy would like to exchange postage stamps with me, I would + be much obliged if he would send me a list of his stamps, and I + will send one of mine in return. + + C. F. MOSES, + Care of J. J. Cohen & Sons, Augusta, Georgia. + + * * * * * + + I have about two thousand foreign stamps, comprising about fifty + varieties, that I would like to exchange with the readers of YOUNG + PEOPLE, especially beginners, for I have not many rare varieties. + I have also a number of one, two, three, six, ten, twelve, + fifteen, twenty-four, and thirty cent War Department stamps to + exchange. + + GEORGE M. FINCKEL, + P. O. Box 368, Washington, D. C. + + * * * * * + + I have some little stone cells, built and occupied by worms. I + found them in a brook in Mount Alto Park, Franklin County, + Pennsylvania. The worms were alive when I took them from the + brook, and perhaps if I had kept them in water they would have + developed into something different. + + If George M. Finckel, or any other readers of YOUNG PEOPLE, would + like a few specimens of these worm cells in exchange for stamps, I + could supply them. My list of stamps is not large, as I am only + beginning a collection. I have no Chinese or West India stamps, + and would be glad to exchange for them any of the following, which + are all the duplicates I have: One zwei groschen Nord-deutscher + post: one eighty centime, Empire Français; one sixpence; two + threepence; two two-hundred mils. Correos de Esco. de España. + + LIDIE B. KEITH, Waynesborough, + Franklin County, Pennsylvania. + + * * * * * + + I have about four hundred and twenty-five different kinds of + postage stamps, and would like to exchange with any of the readers + of YOUNG PEOPLE. I also have a lot of rare postmarks, which I + should like to exchange for stamps. I particularly wish the ninety + Interior, and the seven, twenty-four, thirty, and ninety of either + the War or Treasury Department; or any foreign stamps. I have + Persian, Turkish, Canadian, German, English, Swedish, and Interior + Department stamps for exchange. + + A. H. VERRILL, + P. O. Box 824, New Haven, Connecticut. + + * * * * * + + I would like to exchange with the readers of YOUNG PEOPLE some + rare foreign stamps for other foreign stamps and United States + official issues of 1851, '55, '56, '57, '61, '65, '69, '74, '75, + and '76. + + PAUL GOLDSMITH, + Hohokus, Bergen County, New Jersey. + + * * * * * + + I am making a collection of minerals, and I would gladly exchange + with any of the readers of YOUNG PEOPLE. + + CARRIE THORNER, + 185 Hurn Street, Toledo, Ohio. + + * * * * * + +J. B.--Honey-bees were unknown in America until they were brought here +by early European settlers. On this account the honey-bee is called +white man's fly by the Indians. + + * * * * * + +W. A.--From your description your "queer animal" appears to belong to +the family of caddis-worms. If he is a member of this family, he is a +scavenger, and will feed himself on the bits of decayed matter in the +water. After a while he will cling to some weed near the surface, and +spin a chrysalis, from which the caddisfly will break forth. + + * * * * * + +"CAPT. FRANK."--The directions you require are in YOUNG PEOPLE No. 26. + + * * * * * + +G. T. T.--Experience has shown that catamarans with two masts are not as +serviceable as those with one. + + * * * * * + +D. C. D.--A very popular Halloween game in Scotland is apple-catching. A +large tub of water is placed in the centre of the floor, and a basketful +of plump, rosy-cheeked apples dumped into it. The young folks then try +to pick them from the water with their teeth. As the apples are +slippery, and bob around merrily, there are a great many laughable +mishaps before the coveted prize is secured. A ten-cent piece may be +hidden in one of the apples, which gives more interest to the sport, as +the lucky possessor becomes King or Queen of the festival. This game has +its disadvantages, as you must play it in the kitchen, where the water +may be spattered on the floor without doing mischief. Then, too, you can +not wear your pretty new winter frock, but must be contented with a +calico dress, which you will get soaked with water, and must change the +moment all the apples are captured and the game finished, or you will +surely take cold, and remember Halloween with sorrow. We do not advise +you to try apple-catching, but give it as one of the few sportive games +associated with Halloween. There are many foolish tricks practiced on +that night, but they are intended for grown-up young men and maidens. +They are most of them innocent, but very silly. + + * * * * * + +C. D. N.--Nellie H.'s recipe for candy is in YOUNG PEOPLE No. 24. The +recipes for white cake and cream candy are both in No. 38. You will find +different recipes for cake and candy in Nos. 19, 27, 28, and 31 to 43 +inclusive. + + * * * * * + +Favors are acknowledged from Burt J. Wilson, Hammond W. S., Gracie +Stevens, Harry Kennard, Albert Rareshide, George H. K., Mary E. B., +Mabel Lowell, Julian H., G. E. H. + + * * * * * + +Correct answers to puzzles are received from H. M. P., Ernie Garden, +Allie Maxwell, Hugh Lesley, Nellie Cruger, Artie Winter, J. N. Howe, +Howard Rathbone, J. F. W. + + * * * * * + +PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS. + +No. 1. + +WORD SQUARES. + +1. First, lean. Second, part of a door. Third, to fish. Fourth, a +memorial. Fifth, to choose. + + BOLUS. + +2. First, a low shrub. Second, remarkable. Third, a mountain famous in +mythology. Fourth, a region. Fifth, rapidity. + + OWLET. + + * * * * * + +No. 2. + +DIAMOND. + +In HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE. Backward. Rancid. A European bird. Greased. A +boy's term for father. In HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE. + + BOLUS. + + * * * * * + +No. 3. + +HOUR-GLASS PUZZLE. + +Terrible. One of a wandering race. An affirmation. In Europe. A domestic +animal. Ludicrous. A powerful medicine. Centrals read downward spell the +name of an American author. + + S. F. W. + + * * * * * + +No. 4. + +ENIGMA. + + My first is in symbol, but not in sign. + My second in creeper, but not in vine. + My third is in mutton, but not in beef. + My fourth is in robber, but not in thief. + My fifth is in terrible, not in fright. + My sixth is in darkness, but not in night. + My seventh is in freshet, but not in tides. + My whole on a dreadful scorpion rides. + + BELLA. + + * * * * * + +ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN NO. 46. + +No. 1. + + N E M O + E R A T + M A N U + O T U S + +No. 2. + +Cannibal. + +No. 3. + + E + S E W + R E B E L + W E B + L + + M + N E W + M E T A L + W A Y + L + +No. 4. + + L am B + O hi O + N es S + D en T + O d O + N u N + +London, Boston. + +No. 5. + +Il n'y a que le premier pas qui coûte. + + * * * * * + +Answer to Hand and Windmill Puzzle in No. 46--The first is a sponge, and +the second is a species of sea-anemone. + + + + +ADVERTISEMENTS. + + + + +HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE. + +HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE will be issued every Tuesday, and may be had at +the following rates--_payable in advance, postage free_: + + SINGLE COPIES $0.04 + ONE SUBSCRIPTION, _one year_ 1.50 + FIVE SUBSCRIPTIONS, _one year_ 7.00 + +Subscriptions may begin with any Number. When no time is specified, it +will be understood that the subscriber desires to commence with the +Number issued after the receipt of order. + +Remittances should be made by POST-OFFICE MONEY ORDER or DRAFT, to avoid +risk of loss. + +ADVERTISING. + +The extent and character of the circulation of HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE +will render it a first-class medium for advertising. A limited number of +approved advertisements will be inserted on two inside pages at 75 cents +per line. + + Address + HARPER & BROTHERS, + Franklin Square, N. Y. + + + + +Harper's New and Enlarged Catalogue, + +With a COMPLETE ANALYTICAL INDEX, add a VISITORS' GUIDE TO THEIR +ESTABLISHMENT, + +Sent by mail on receipt of Nine Cents. + +HARPER & BROTHERS, FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y. + + + + +COLUMBIA BICYCLE. + +[Illustration] + +Bicycle riding is the best as well as the healthiest of out-door sports; +is easily learned and never forgotten. Send 3c. stamp for 24-page +Illustrated Catalogue, containing Price-Lists and full information. + +THE POPE MFG. CO., + +79 Summer St., Boston, Mass. + + + + +CHILDREN'S + +PICTURE-BOOKS. + + Square 4to, about 300 pages each, beautifully printed on Tinted + Paper, embellished with many Illustrations, bound in Cloth, $1.50 + per volume. + +The Children's Picture-Book of Sagacity of Animals. + + With Sixty Illustrations by HARRISON WEIR. + +The Children's Bible Picture-Book. + + With Eighty Illustrations, from Designs by STEINLE, OVERBECK, + VEIT, SCHNORR, &c. + +The Children's Picture Fable-Book. + + Containing One Hundred and Sixty Fables. With Sixty Illustrations + by HARRISON WEIR. + +The Children's Picture-Book of Birds. + + With Sixty-one Illustrations by W. HARVEY. + +The Children's Picture-Book of Quadrupeds and other Mammalia. + + With Sixty-one Illustrations by W. HARVEY. + + * * * * * + +Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York. + +_Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the United States, on +receipt of the price._ + + + + +The Child's Book of Nature. + + * * * * * + +The Child's Book of Nature, for the Use of Families and Schools: +intended to aid Mothers and Teachers in Training Children in the +Observation of Nature. In Three Parts. Part I. Plants. Part II. Animals. +Part III. Air, Water, Heat, Light, &c. By WORTHINGTON HOOKER, M.D. +Illustrated. The Three Parts complete in One Volume, Small 4to, Half +Leather, $1.12; or, separately, in Cloth, Part I., 45 cents; Part II., +48 cents; Part III., 48 cents. + + * * * * * + +A beautiful and useful work. It presents a general survey of the kingdom +of nature in a manner adapted to attract the attention of the child, and +at the same time to furnish him with accurate and important scientific +information. While the work is well suited as a class-book for schools, +its fresh and simple style cannot fail to render it a great favorite for +family reading. + +The Three Parts of this book can be had in separate volumes by those who +desire it. This will be advisable when the book is to be used in +teaching quite young children, especially in schools. + + * * * * * + +Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York. + +_Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the United States, on +receipt of the price._ + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE WOMBAT. + + + A Mandarin owned a wombat + That grew so exceedingly fat + That, when it would laugh + 'Twould most break in half, + And tickle the soul of the cat. + + * * * * * + +=A Dog that could Cipher.=--The well-known English astronomer Dr. +Huggins had a mastiff that bore the name of Kepler. This dog possessed +many rare gifts, and amongst these was one which he was always ready to +exercise for the entertainment of visitors. At the close of luncheon or +dinner Kepler used to march into the room, and set himself down at his +master's feet. Dr. Huggins then asked him a series of arithmetical +questions, which the dog invariably solved without a mistake. Square +roots were extracted off-hand with the utmost readiness and promptness. +If asked what was the square root of nine, Kepler replied by three +barks; or, if the question were the square root of sixteen, by four. +Then various questions followed, in which much more complicated +processes were involved--such, for instance, as "Add seven to eight, +divide the sum by three, and multiply by two." To such a question as +that Kepler gave more consideration, and sometimes hesitated in making +up his mind as to where his barks ought finally to stop. Still, in the +end, his decision was always right. But how did he do it? may be asked. +The solution is easily furnished: the proper answer was unconsciously +suggested to the dog by his master. The wonderful fact is that Kepler +had acquired the habit of reading in his master's eye or countenance +some indication that was not known to Dr. Huggins himself. The case was +one of the class which is distinguished by physiologists as that of +expectant attention. Dr. Huggins was himself engaged in working out +mentally the various stages of his arithmetical processes as he +propounded the numbers to Kepler, and being, therefore, aware of what +the answer should be, expected the dog to cease barking when that number +was reached, and that expectation suggested to his own brain the +unconscious signal which was caught by the quick eye of the dog. + + + + +SOLUTION TO SQUARE PUZZLE IN No. 46. + + +[Illustration] + +Start with, your pencil from figure 1 and draw a line to 2, from there +to 3, and so on from number to number till you have completed the +figure. + + + + +CHARADE. + +BY H. + + + Up in the air I'm lifted high + Above the worshippers below, + Yet near their hearts I always lie, + As reverently they come and go. + + I've many forms, like Proteus old, + But tell forever the same tale; + Men gaze, and see by me foretold + What sometimes makes their cheeks grow pale. + + And through my secret winding course + There ebbs and flows a mighty tide; + Alas! what pangs of keen remorse + Are his who turns that stream aside! + + Yet in the gay and festive throng + I am what many a maid may be, + While in the pauses of the song + Her lover pleads his cause in me. + + Sometimes, a ship, I face the storm; + Sometimes beneath the earth I bide, + And then its beauty men deform + To find the secret that I hide. + + But in the air, or in the breast, + Whate'er my form, like beast or bird, + I keep my secret from the rest-- + By man my voice is never heard. + + * * * * * + +The quicksilver mines of Guancavelica, in Peru, are of a prodigious +depth. In their profound abysses are seen streets, squares, and a chapel +where religious mysteries are celebrated on all festivals. Thousands of +flambeaux are continually burning in it. The miners suffer terribly from +the mercurial vapors, which produce convulsions and paralysis. Thousands +of workmen were condemned to forced labor in these frightful +subterranean regions. These mines were discovered about 1566 by Henry +Garces, a Portuguese, who was one day examining a red earth used by the +Indians for making paint. He remembered that in Europe quicksilver was +extracted from cinnabar, and with this earth he made some experiments +which led to the opening of this mine. + + + + +[Illustration: QUACK!] + +[Illustration: QUACK! QUACK!] + +[Illustration: QUACK! QUACK! QUACK!] + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, OCT 5, 1880 *** + +***** This file should be named 29174-8.txt or 29174-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/1/7/29174/ + +Produced by Annie McGuire + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/29174-8.zip b/29174-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9850fef --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-8.zip diff --git a/29174-h.zip b/29174-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6807170 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h.zip diff --git a/29174-h/29174-h.htm b/29174-h/29174-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdd4e4c --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/29174-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2813 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880, by Various. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: + 1em; margin-right: 0em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 0em; margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880 + An Illustrated Weekly + +Author: Various + +Release Date: June 20, 2009 [EBook #29174] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, OCT 5, 1880 *** + + + + +Produced by Annie McGuire + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#HANGING_BY_A_THREAD"><b>HANGING BY A THREAD.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#A_STEAM-ENGINE_OUT_OF_A_TIN_CAN"><b>A STEAM-ENGINE OUT OF A TIN CAN.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#WHO_WAS_PAUL_GRAYSON"><b>WHO WAS PAUL GRAYSON?</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#THREE_YOUNG_HAWKS"><b>THREE YOUNG HAWKS.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#OLD_TIMES_IN_THE_COLONIES"><b>OLD TIMES IN THE COLONIES.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#LILS_FUN"><b>LIL'S FUN.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#MOONSHINERS"><b>"MOONSHINERS."</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#LITTLE_MISS_TURNER"><b>LITTLE MISS TURNER.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#EGYPTIAN_WONDERS"><b>EGYPTIAN WONDERS.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX"><b>OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#THE_WOMBAT"><b>THE WOMBAT.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#SOLUTION_TO_SQUARE_PUZZLE_IN_No_46"><b>SOLUTION TO SQUARE PUZZLE IN No. 46.</b></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><a href="#CHARADE"><b>CHARADE.</b></a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_713" id="Page_713">[Pg 713]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1000px;"> +<img src="images/ill_001.jpg" width="1000" height="383" alt="Banner: Harper's Young People" title="" /> +</div> + +<hr style='width: 100%;' /> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Vol</span>. I.—<span class="smcap">No</span>. 49.</td><td align='center'><span class="smcap">Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York</span>.</td><td align='right'><span class="smcap">Price Four Cents</span>.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Tuesday, October 5, 1880.</td><td align='center'>Copyright, 1880, by <span class="smcap">Harper & Brothers</span>.</td><td align='right'>$1.50 per Year, in Advance.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr style='width: 100%;' /> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 689px;"><a name="HANGING_BY_A_THREAD" id="HANGING_BY_A_THREAD"></a><img src="images/ill_002.jpg" width="689" height="700" alt="FRED'S PERILOUS ESCAPE.—Drawn by C. Graham." title="" /> +<span class="caption">FRED'S PERILOUS ESCAPE.—<span class="smcap">Drawn by C. Graham</span>.</span> +</div> + +<h2>HANGING BY A THREAD.</h2> + +<h3>A Canadian Story.</h3> + +<h3>BY DAVID KER.</h3> + +<p>"Well, boys, what do you think of <i>this</i> for a play-ground? Something +like, ain't it?"</p> + +<p>And well might Tom Lockyer say so. To be out in the woods on a fine +summer morning, with the whole day clear, is a pleasure which any boy +can appreciate, more especially such an active one as Master Tom; and he +and his two cousins had certainly enjoyed it to the utmost. Ever since +breakfast they had been scampering through the woods like wild-cats, +climbing trees, tearing through briers, scrambling up and down rocks, +chasing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_714" id="Page_714">[Pg 714]</a></span> each other in and out of the thickets, and making the silent +forest ring with their shouts and laughter.</p> + +<p>Tom had good reason to remark, with a broad grin, that nothing was left +undamaged except their lunch bags; for all three were muddy from head to +foot, ragged as scarecrows, and so scratched that their hands and faces +looked just like railway maps done in red ink. But none the less were +they all fully persuaded that they had been enjoying themselves +immensely, and were quite ready to begin again as soon as they could +find breath to do so.</p> + +<p>"Here's the place for us to lunch, my boys!" cried Tom, flinging himself +down upon the soft turf that carpeted the summit of the ridge which they +had just climbed. "This is one of our best views, and you can feast your +eyes and teeth together."</p> + +<p>It was, indeed, a splendid "look-out place." The opposite face of the +ridge went sheer down to the edge of the river, which, narrowed at this +point to less than half its usual width by the huge black cliffs that +walled it in, went rushing and foaming through a succession of furious +rapids for nearly a quarter of a mile, plunging at length in one great +leap over a precipice of nearly a hundred feet—a perfect Niagara in +miniature.</p> + +<p>"I say, Tom, old fellow, didn't you tell us that you went canoeing along +this river every summer? You don't mean to say, surely, that you can +take a canoe over that water-fall?"</p> + +<p>"Not <i>exactly</i>," laughed Tom; "that <i>would</i> be a little too much of a +good thing. Whenever we come to anything of this sort, we make a +portage, as the French boatmen say—carry our canoes round by land, and +then launch them again below the fall. There's a snug little path just +round the corner, and as soon as we're through with lunch we'll just go +down and look about us."</p> + +<p>Tom's "snug little path" proved to be very much like the stair of a +ruined light-house, and would have seemed to most people almost as bad +as going down the precipice itself. But Charlie and Harry Burton, though +new to the rocks of the Severn, had had plenty of climbing elsewhere, +while as for Tom himself, he could have scaled anything from a church +steeple to a telegraph pole.</p> + +<p>The view was certainly well worth the trouble. Just at the break of the +fall the stream was divided by a small rocky islet crested with half a +dozen tall pines, the "Goat Island" of this toy Niagara. In the few rays +of sunlight that struggled down into the gloomy gorge the rushing river +with its sheets of glittering foam, and the bright green ferns and +mosses that clung to the dark cliffs around, and the shining arch of the +fall itself, and the rocks starting boldly up in mid-stream, tufted with +clustering leaves, made a splendid picture.</p> + +<p>Close to the water's edge ran a kind of terrace, formed by the sliding +down of the softer parts of the cliff; and along this the three walked +till they came right abreast of the fall.</p> + +<p>"Hollo!" cried Harry, suddenly, "didn't you say that nobody ever shot +these rapids? Why, there's a fellow trying it now!"</p> + +<p>There, sure enough, as he pointed up the stream, appeared a canoe with a +single figure in it, shooting down the river like an arrow, and already +close upon the edge of the rapids.</p> + +<p>"Good gracious!" cried Tom, with a look of horror, "it's some fellow +being swept down by the stream! See, he's broken his paddle, and can't +help himself!"</p> + +<p>Instinctively all three sprang forward at once, although the doomed +voyager was manifestly beyond the reach of help. But even as they did +so, the crisis came. With one leap the boat was in the midst of the +rapids, banged to and fro like a shuttlecock by the white leaping waves, +amid which it appeared and vanished by turns, till a final plunge sent +it right toward the edge of the fall.</p> + +<p>The lookers-on turned away their faces; but all was not over yet. By a +lucky chance the boat's head had been turned straight toward the island, +upon which the current drove it with such force as to dash it in among +the sharp rocks, that pierced its sides and held it firm, while its +occupant was flung forward on his face among the bushes.</p> + +<p>"Phew!" said Tom, drawing a long breath, "what a shave! Ugh! wasn't it +horrid, just that last minute? I'm awfully glad he's got off."</p> + +<p>"But how's he to get ashore?" asked the practical Charlie. "It seems to +me he's in just as bad a fix as ever."</p> + +<p>Meanwhile the unlucky voyager had scrambled to his feet, and was staring +wildly about him.</p> + +<p>"Well, I declare!" exclaimed Tom, "if it isn't my old chum Fred Hope! +I'd no idea he was home again."</p> + +<p>"I don't think he sees us," said Harry; "let's give him a hail, just to +show him there's help at hand. I've heard my father say that if a +fellow's left long alone in a place like that he'll go crazy with the +fright and the motion of the water."</p> + +<p>Tom was not slow to take the hint. He sprang upon the bowlder behind +which they were standing, and, putting both hands to his mouth, shouted, +above the din of the water-fall, "Hollo, Fred, old boy! how goes it?"</p> + +<p>"Who-o's that?" answered a faint voice, tremulous with terror.</p> + +<p>"Why, don't you remember Tom Lockyer?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, Tom, is that you? Get me out of this somehow, if you can."</p> + +<p>"Never fear, old chap; we'll have you out in no time," replied Tom, +cheerily.</p> + +<p>"But how on earth are you going to do it?" whispered Harry, amazed at +his friend's confident tone.</p> + +<p>"Haven't the least idea, so far," answered the philosophic Tom, coolly; +"but it's got to be done <i>somehow</i>. If the worst comes to the worst, I +can always run home for help, while you two stay here and keep his +spirits up."</p> + +<p>"If we could only get a rope across," suggested Charlie. "He's got one +there, I know, for I saw it tumble out of the boat as she swamped; but +how are we to get at it?"</p> + +<p>"<i>I</i> have it!" cried Tom, suddenly. "Fancy my not thinking of this old +sling of mine, when I've been using it all morning! I've read lots of +yarns about fellows sending messages by arrows: let's see if a stone +won't do just as well for once!"</p> + +<p>He produced a ball of twine from his pocket as he spoke, and fastened +one end of it firmly around a jagged stone which he had picked up.</p> + +<p>"See if you've got some more string, boys," said he; "perhaps this bit +won't be long enough."</p> + +<p>The cord was soon lengthened sufficiently, and Tom, bidding his comrades +keep a firm hold of the other end, mounted once more upon the bowlder, +and shouted, "Fred, ahoy!"</p> + +<p>"Hollo!" responded the islander, whose nerves were being rapidly +steadied by the prospect of help, and the sound of Tom's cheery voice.</p> + +<p>"We're going to chuck you a line: mind and be ready to catch it."</p> + +<p>"All right."</p> + +<p>The stone whizzed through the air, and splashed into the water on the +other side of the islet, while Fred promptly seized the cord attached to +it.</p> + +<p>"So far so good, as the hungry boy said when he got half way through the +pie," remarked Tom. "Now, old fellow, just knot the string to that rope +of yours, and the job's done."</p> + +<p>Fred obeyed at once, and the two Burtons hauled in. The rope, once +landed, was quickly made fast to the nearest tree, while Fred secured +<i>his</i> end to one of the pines on the islet. The communication was +complete.</p> + +<p>"But what next?" asked Harry. "Do you expect the poor fellow to walk +ashore on that rope, like Blondin?"</p> + +<p>"Not quite," said Tom, laughing. "It's a case of Mohammed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_715" id="Page_715">[Pg 715]</a></span> and the +mountain—if he don't come to me, I must just go to him. Here goes!"</p> + +<p>And, our hero, swinging himself up on to the rope, began to slide along +it, hand over hand, in true gymnastic style.</p> + +<p>Taut as the line was, it yielded a little with his weight, and he came +perilously near the water midway; but the rope held firm, and in another +moment he was safe upon the islet, shaking hands heartily with the +expectant Fred.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Robinson Crusoe, I presume?" said Tom, with a grin. "I'm the Man +Friday, at your service; and a nice little island we've got of it. Now, +old boy, there's your road open, and you've just seen the correct way to +travel it; so off with you, and show us the latest thing in gymnastics."</p> + +<p>"What, along <i>that rope</i>?" cried Fred, with a shudder which showed that +he had not quite shaken off his panic yet. "Ugh! I couldn't. The bare +sight of the fall below me would turn me sick; it looks just as if it +was watching for me to tumble in!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, if it's only the sight of the water that bothers you, <i>that's</i> +easily settled," rejoined Tom, struck at that moment with a new and +brilliant idea. "I remember hearing a fellow spin a yarn once about how +he had escaped being ill at sea, by tying a handkerchief over his eyes +so that he couldn't see the jiggle-joggling of the water. If I blindfold +you, do you think you can manage it <i>then</i>?"</p> + +<p>"Ye-es—I should think I might," replied Fred, somewhat doubtfully.</p> + +<p>"Here you are, then," said the ever-ready Tom, producing a tattered red +handkerchief, with which he bandaged his friend's eyes most +scientifically. "Now, old boy, push along—think you're in for an +Athletic Cup, with a lot of ladies looking on!"</p> + +<p>The device worked wonders. Relieved from the disturbing sight of the +precipice and the rushing water, and hearing Tom's hearty voice behind +him, cheering him on, Fred went forward manfully; and he was quite +surprised to feel his outstretched wrist suddenly seized in a strong +grasp, and to hear the shouts of the Burtons proclaiming that he had got +safe to land.</p> + +<p>"Well done, our side!" shouted Tom, arriving a moment later. "That's +what I call blindman's-buff on a new principle, and no mistake!"</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="A_STEAM-ENGINE_OUT_OF_A_TIN_CAN" id="A_STEAM-ENGINE_OUT_OF_A_TIN_CAN"></a>A STEAM-ENGINE OUT OF A TIN CAN.</h2> + +<h3>BY THE PROFESSOR.</h3> + +<p>Few boys seem to be aware of the entertainment they may obtain with a +soldering iron, a pair of shears, and a file. With them it is easy to +manufacture working models of machinery, and philosophical apparatus +almost without limit. Skill in the use of the iron is readily acquired +with a little practice. The quickest way to learn is to observe for a +few minutes a tinman at his work. A good-natured one, politely +approached, will quickly explain all the mysteries in the process, and +take pleasure in filling the office of teacher. For heating the iron, a +charcoal fire is generally preferred; a gas stove is also good; and even +a common coal fire can be made to answer. The first point is to make a +little of the melted solder stick to the point of the iron. For this +purpose the iron is filed bright about the point, to remove the oxide +and expose the clear metal; then the iron must be quickly applied to the +solder. If the heat is sufficient, the iron will get coated, and be +ready for use. The oxide has to be removed also from the surface of the +material that is to be united; it is the chief obstacle to successful +soldering, as the solder refuses to unite with anything but pure metal. +Sal ammoniac dissolved in water is good to cleanse off the oxide; better +still is muriatic acid, with a little zinc and sal ammoniac added. This +is known as the soldering mixture.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 244px;"> +<img src="images/ill_003.jpg" width="244" height="400" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>One of the most convenient materials for use is common tin, which can be +obtained almost everywhere. A tin box can be melted apart, and cut into +any desired shape. Pipes to convey liquids, steam, or gas can be made by +cutting strips of the tin, and rolling them upon an iron rod. To make a +pipe, say, a quarter of an inch in diameter, get an iron rod of that +size, cut a strip of the tin about one inch wide, roll it upon the rod, +allowing the edges to lap a little. If the tin be not bright, make it so +by applying sal ammoniac with a small brush along the seam. Put on a +little powdered resin, and then solder neatly by drawing the heated +iron, with the solder clinging to it, over the joint. In this way a pipe +strong and tight is obtained; and such pipes can be joined to one +another indefinitely, in a straight line or at any angle. To unite them +in a straight line, pass the end of one into the end of the other before +soldering, or else wind an additional piece of tin over the two ends. To +make a turn, or elbow, file the ends on a bevel, or slant, bring them +together, and apply considerable solder for strength. If the solder be +rightly put on, it will hold surprisingly.</p> + +<p>A pretty device to illustrate the force of steam is shown in the +accompanying picture. The boiler is a simple tin can, which need not be +more than six inches high and four in diameter. To make the wheel, cut a +circle of tin two inches in diameter, and pieces for the buckets, shaped +as in the diagram. Bend each piece at right angles along the dotted +line, and solder them one after another on the circumference of the +wheel, which will then appear as in the picture. Bore a hole through the +centre, insert a piece of wire for a shaft, and solder it fast at right +angles to the wheel. File shoulders on the ends of the shaft, and mount +it in uprights fastened to the top of the boiler. Make a small opening +through the top of the boiler, and place over it a little spout in such +a position as to send a current of steam directly into the buckets of +the wheel. Make also a larger opening in or near the top of the boiler, +and surround it with a neck to receive a cork. Through this the water is +introduced. For this purpose a small funnel will be found convenient.</p> + +<p>When all is complete, the boiler may be filled about half full, and set +on a hot stove. When the water boils, the steam will emerge through the +spout, and propel the wheel. As the steam constantly escapes, no +explosion need be apprehended. To remove all possibility of creating too +much pressure, place the cork in the neck very lightly, so that it will +pop out if more steam is generated than can escape through the spout. +Then the miniature steam-engine and boiler may be regarded as harmless +as a tea-kettle. As the quantity of steam that can be produced is very +limited, care must be taken that there be no leaks, that the mouth of +the spout be quite small, and that the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_716" id="Page_716">[Pg 716]</a></span> current of steam be discharged +accurately into the buckets. The bearings of the shaft should be oiled, +and everything arranged so that there will be the least possible +friction. Then the wheel may be expected to spin very rapidly.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h4><a name="WHO_WAS_PAUL_GRAYSON" id="WHO_WAS_PAUL_GRAYSON"></a>[Begun in No. 46 of <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>, September 14.]</h4> + +<h2>WHO WAS PAUL GRAYSON?</h2> + +<h3>BY JOHN HABBERTON,</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Author of "Helen's Babies."</span></h4> + +<h3>Chapter IV.</h3> + +<h3>WHO WILL TELL?</h3> + +<p>As Benny Mallow hid himself in a barn in the yard into which he had +jumped, he had only one distinct thought in his mind: he wished that the +Italian had never come to Laketon at all—never come to the United +States, in fact. He wished that the Italians had never heard of such a +place as America: if one of the race had to discover it, he need not +have gone and let his fellow-countrymen know all about it, so that they +should come over with organs and monkeys, and get boys into +trouble—boys that weren't doing a thing to that organ-grinder when he +threw a stick at them. What made the fellow go into the school yard, +anyway? No one asked him to come. Now there would be a fuss made, of +course; and if there was anything that Benny hated more than all other +things, it was a fuss.</p> + +<p>But what if the organ-grinder should really prove to be dead? Oh! that +would be too dreadful; all the boys would have to be hanged, to be sure +of punishing the murderer, just as the whole class was sometimes kept in +for an hour because something wrong had been done, and no one would tell +who did it.</p> + +<p>Benny could not bear the thought of so dreadful a termination to his +life, for he knew of a great deal worth living for; besides, his mother +would need his help as soon as he grew old enough to earn anything. What +should he do? Wait until dark, and then run away, and tramp off to the +West, where other runaway boys went, or should he make for the +sea-board, and from there to South America, from which country he had +heard that criminals could not be brought back?</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 270px;"> +<img src="images/ill_004.jpg" width="270" height="400" alt="BENNY MALLOW IN THE BARN." title="" /> +<span class="caption">BENNY MALLOW IN THE BARN.</span> +</div> + +<p>But first he ought to learn whether the man was really dead; it might +not be necessary to run away at all. But how should he find out? +Suddenly he remembered that Mr. Wardwell's barn, in which he was, had a +window opening on the alley; so he crept up into the loft, and spent +several moments in trying to look up the alley without putting his head +out of the window. Finally he partly hid his face by holding a handful +of hay in front of it, and peered out. Between the stalks of hay he was +delighted to see the organ-grinder on his feet, although two men were +helping him. They were not both men, either, Benny saw, after more +careful looking, for one of them was Paul Grayson; but the other—horror +of horrors—was Mr. Stott, a justice of the peace. Benny knew that +Justice Stott had sent many men to jail for fighting, and if Grayson +should tell who took part in the attack, Benny had not the slightest +doubt that half of Mr. Morton's pupils would be sent to jail too.</p> + +<p>This seemed more dreadful than the prospect of being hanged had done, +but it could be done more quickly. Benny determined at once that he must +find out the worst, and be ready for it, so he waited until the injured +man and his supporters had turned the corner of a street, and were out +of sight; then he bounded into the alley again, hurried home, seized a +basket that was lying beside the back door, and a moment later was +sauntering along the street, whistling, and moving in a direction that +seemed to be that in which he might manage to meet the three as if by +accident. He did not take much comfort out of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_717" id="Page_717">[Pg 717]</a></span> his whistling, for in his +heart he felt himself to be the most shameful hypocrite that had existed +since the days of Judas Iscariot, and the recollection of having been +told by his Sunday-school teacher within a week that he was the best boy +in his class seemed to make him feel worse instead of better; and his +mind was not relieved of this unpleasant burden until at a shady corner +he came suddenly upon the organ-grinder and his supporters, when he +instantly exchanged his load for a new one.</p> + +<p>"Why, what's the matter, Paul?" asked Benny, with as much surprise in +his tone and manner as he could affect.</p> + +<p>Justice Stott had just gone into an adjacent yard for water for the +Italian, when Grayson answered, with a very sober face, "You know as +well as I do, Benny, and I saw the whole crowd."</p> + +<p>"I don't!" exclaimed Benny, in all the desperation of cowardice. "I +didn't do or see—"</p> + +<p>"Sh—h!" whispered Grayson, "the Justice is coming back."</p> + +<p>Benny turned abruptly and started for home. He felt certain that his +face was telling tales, and that Justice Stott would learn the whole +story if he saw him. There was one comfort, though: it was evident that +Grayson did not want the Justice to know that Benny had taken part in +the affair.</p> + +<p>There was a great deal of business transacted by the boys of Laketon +that night. How it all was managed no one could have explained, but it +is certain that before bed-time every boy who had taken part in the +assault on the Italian knew that the man was not dead, but had merely +been stunned and cut by a stone; that Paul Grayson knew who were of the +party that chased the man up the alley. Various plans of getting out of +trouble were in turn suggested and abandoned; but several boys for a +long time insisted that the only chance of safety lay in calling Grayson +out of his boarding-house, and threatening him with the worst whipping +that the boys, all working together, could give. Even this idea was +finally abandoned when Will Palmer suggested that as Grayson boarded +with the teacher, and seemed to be in some sort a friend of his, he +probably would already have told all he knew if he was going to tell at +all. Some consolation might have been got out of a report of Benny's +short interview with Grayson, had Benny thought to give it, but he had, +on reaching home, promptly feigned headache, and gone to bed; so such of +the boys as did not determine to play truant, and so postpone the evil +day, thought bitterly of the morrow as they dispersed to their several +homes.</p> + +<p>There was not as much playing as usual in the school yard next morning, +and when the class was summoned into school the teacher had no +difficulty in discovering, by the looks of the various boys, who were +innocent and who guilty. Immediately after calling the roll Mr. Morton +stood up, and said:</p> + +<p>"Boys, a great many of you know what I am going to talk about. Usually +your deeds done out of school hours are not for me to notice; but the +cowardly, shameful treatment of that organ-grinder began in the school +yard, and before you had gone to your homes, so I think it my duty to +inquire into the matter. Justice Stott thinks so too. When any one has +done a wrong that he can not amend, the only manly course is to confess. +I want those boys who followed the organ-grinder up the alley to stand +up."</p> + +<p>No boy arose. Benny Mallow wished that some one would give the bottom of +his seat a hard kick, so that he would have to rise in spite of himself, +but no one kicked.</p> + +<p>"Be honest, now," said Mr. Morton. "I have been a boy myself; I have +taken part in just such tricks. I know how bad you feel, and how hard it +is to confess; but I give you my word that you will feel a great deal +better after telling the truth. I will give you one minute more before I +try another plan."</p> + +<p>Mr. Morton took out his watch, and looked at it; the boys who had not +been engaged in the mischief looked virtuously around them, and the +guilty boys looked at their desks.</p> + +<p>"Now," exclaimed Mr. Morton, replacing his watch in his pocket. "Stand +up like men. Will none of you do it?"</p> + +<p>Benny Mallow whispered, "Yes, sir," but the teacher did not hear him; +besides, Benny made no effort to keep his word, so his whispering +amounted to nothing.</p> + +<p>"Grayson," said Mr. Morton, "come here."</p> + +<p>Bert Sharp, who sat near the front of the room, where the teacher could +watch him, edged to the end of his seat, so as to be ready to jump up +and run away the moment Grayson told—if he dared to tell. Most of the +other boys found their hearts so high in their throats that they could +not swallow them again, as Grayson, looking very white and +uncomfortable, stepped to the front.</p> + +<p>"Grayson," said the teacher, "I have known you for many months: have I +ever been unkind to you?"</p> + +<p>"No, sir," replied Grayson; then he wiped his eyes; seeing which Bert +Sharp thought he might as well run now as later, for boys who began by +crying always ended by telling.</p> + +<p>"You saw the attack made on the Italian; Justice Stott says you admitted +as much to him. Now I want you to tell me who were of the party."</p> + +<p>"May I speak first, sir?" asked Grayson.</p> + +<p>"Yes," said the teacher.</p> + +<p>"Boys," said Grayson, half facing the school, "you all hate a tell-tale, +and so do I. Do you think it the fair thing to hold your tongues and +make a tell-tale of me?"</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 318px;"> +<img src="images/ill_005.jpg" width="318" height="400" alt=""MR. MORTON, I WAS THERE."" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"MR. MORTON, I WAS THERE."</span> +</div> + +<p>Grayson looked at Will Palmer as he spoke, but Will only looked sulky in +return; then Grayson looked at Benny Mallow, and Benny was fast making +up his mind that he would tell rather than have his friend do it, when +up stood Bert Sharp and said,</p> + +<p>"Mr. Morton, I was there."</p> + +<p>"Bravo, Sharp!" exclaimed the teacher. "Grayson,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_718" id="Page_718">[Pg 718]</a></span> you may take your +seat. Sharp, step to the front. Now, boys, who is man enough to stand +beside Sharp?"</p> + +<p>"I am," piped Benny Mallow, and he almost ran in his eagerness.</p> + +<p>"It's no use," whispered Will Palmer to Ned Johnston, and the two boys +went to the front together; then there was a general uprising, and a +scramble to see who should not be last.</p> + +<p>"Good!" exclaimed Mr. Morton, looking at the culprits and then about the +school-room; "I believe you're all here. I'm proud of you, boys. You did +a shameful thing in attacking a harmless man, but you have done nobly by +confessing. I can not let you off without punishment, but you will +suffer far less than you would have done by successfully concealing your +fault. None of you are to go out at recess next week. Now go to your +seats. Sharp, you may take any unoccupied desk you like. After this I +think I can trust you to behave yourself without being watched."</p> + +<p>The boys had never before seen Sharp look as he did as he walked to a +desk in the back of the room and sat down. As soon as the bell was +struck for recess Grayson hurried over to Sharp, and said,</p> + +<p>"You helped me out of a terrible scrape, do you know it?"</p> + +<p>"I'm glad of it," said Sharp. "And that isn't all; I wish I could think +of something else to own up to."</p> + +<h4>[<span class="smcap">to be continued</span>.]</h4> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="THREE_YOUNG_HAWKS" id="THREE_YOUNG_HAWKS"></a>THREE YOUNG HAWKS.</h2> + +<h3>BY F. M. M.</h3> + +<p>One bright summer afternoon Bob and I slipped away from the other boys +as soon as school was out, and went gayly down the road that led to the +big bridge.</p> + +<p>We were going birdnesting, and were determined to add something handsome +this time to the collection of eggs that we had been gathering since +spring.</p> + +<p>The bobolinks knew us perfectly well; and you would have thought by the +way they rose out of the meadows on each side of the road, and sang as +if they were too happy for anything, that they were delighted to see us. +Not a bit of it. Their singing was meant to attract our attention, and +give the Mrs. Bobolinks time to glide through the tall grass, and then +rise up so far away from their nests that we would not know where to +look for them. We were not after their eggs, however, for we had all the +bobolinks' eggs we wanted, carefully blown and laid away in our +collection. Sharp as Mr. Bobolink was, we knew all his tricks, and had +outwitted him often.</p> + +<p>"Where shall we go, Bob?" said I. "We haven't been to see whether that +cedar-bird's nest down by the river has any eggs in it yet."</p> + +<p>"Oh, bother the cedar-bird! we can attend to his case any day. Let's go +through the bushes on the other side of the meadow, and then down to the +big bridge. We haven't been to the hill where the old dead tree is for +ever so long."</p> + +<p>"All right," said I; so we climbed the fence, crossed the meadow, and +plunged into the bushes, watching every bush, and listening to every +noise. Suddenly we heard a rustling of wings, and then a mournful cry +like the wail of a lost kitten.</p> + +<p>"Now, Bob, look sharp," I exclaimed; "there's a cat-bird's nest in here, +and Fred Sprague asked me to get an egg for him the first time I came +across any."</p> + +<p>The old bird was fluttering from bush to bush, continually "mewing," and +seeming to be in great distress. "There's the nest, Jack," cried Bob, +pointing to a mass of twigs on the top of a tall bush. "You stand +underneath and hold your hat to catch the eggs if they fall, and I'll +bend down the branch."</p> + +<p>The cat-bird was now in a terrible state of mind, and flew around our +heads scolding at a great rate. We told her that we only meant to take +one egg, but she wasn't a bit satisfied with our explanation.</p> + +<p>Down came the bush as Bob carefully bent it, and presently we could see +into the nest, where four beautiful eggs were lying. We took one of them +out, and let the branch slowly up again; but the cat-bird did not seem +at all grateful.</p> + +<p>"Let's blow the egg now," said I; "'twill be easier to carry. Have you +got a pin with you?"</p> + +<p>Bob gave me a pin, with which I made a little hole in each end of the +egg. Then putting one end to my lips, I blew gently and steadily, until +out came the clear white and then the yellow yolk, leaving the empty +shell as light as a feather. Wrapping the egg in cotton, and placing it +in a little pasteboard box that I took from my pocket, I felt certain +that I could carry it home safely.</p> + +<p>We found no more nests in the bushes, and after a while Bob said: "Let's +make a bee-line for the bridge, and see if there's anything in that dead +tree."</p> + +<p>So we came back to the road, crossed the bridge, and went to the foot of +a great dead elm-tree that stood on the side hill a little way from the +river. It must have been struck by lightning, for it was nothing but a +shell, and a long blackened crack reached from the top nearly to the +bottom of it.</p> + +<p>"I don't believe there's as much as a wasp's nest in there," said I.</p> + +<p>"We'll see, anyway," replied Bob. "I'll fire a stone at that hole up by +the top, and you stand back and watch if anything comes out."</p> + +<p>Bob could throw a stone straighter than any other boy in school. He hit +the trunk of the tree close by the hole, and in an instant something +darted out with a loud whir, and vanished over the tree-tops.</p> + +<p>"Bob," cried I, "that was a hawk."</p> + +<p>"Hawks don't build in holes," replied Bob. "Perhaps it was an eagle."</p> + +<p>"Eagles don't build in holes either," said I; "but I read yesterday that +the pigeon-hawk does build in old dead trees."</p> + +<p>"Then that's a pigeon-hawk sure enough," exclaimed Bob. "And there she +is, sailing round in a circle, and watching us. What won't the boys say +when they see us bringing home a lot of hawks' eggs?"</p> + +<p>"That's all very well; but who's going to climb the tree?"</p> + +<p>"You are," said Bob. "You know you're the best climber. The hole isn't +more than thirty feet from the ground."</p> + +<p>I was ready enough to climb, and pulled off my jacket at once; but I +could not get my arms around the tree, and the lowest branch was a dozen +feet from the ground.</p> + +<p>"I tell you what we'll do," exclaimed Bob. "Let's get a fence rail, and +lean it against the tree. I'll boost you, and when you get on the end of +the rail, you can reach that branch."</p> + +<p>We selected the longest and knottiest rail we could find, and leaned it +up against the tree. Then Bob boosted me, while he kept his foot at the +end of the rail to prevent it from slipping. By this means I managed to +reach the lower branch, and seat myself on it.</p> + +<p>"All right so far," said I; "but, Bob, the next branch is beyond my +reach, and I don't see how in the world I'm going to get any higher."</p> + +<p>"Jack," replied Bob, in a solemn tone, "you've got to do it. There's a +hawk's nest up there, and we're bound to have it."</p> + +<p>After making a good many trials, I found that by putting one hand in the +big crack of the tree I could get a hold that would support me, and +by-and-by I found myself standing on the upper branch, with one arm +around the trunk, and the hole within my reach.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_719" id="Page_719">[Pg 719]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Now," cried Bob, "don't waste any time, but go for those eggs, or we +won't get home before dark."</p> + +<p>He looked very cool and comfortable on the ground, while I was standing +in a very ticklish place, and was afraid that the dead limb might give +way at any moment. I didn't very much like to put my hand into the hole, +for how did I know but that there might be a big snake in it? However, +it had to be done, so in went my hand. Something hit it a vicious dig, +and you can be sure that I pulled it out in a hurry. To tell the truth, +I was badly frightened for a minute, and nearly lost my balance. Then it +flashed on me that the eggs we were in search of were young birds.</p> + +<p>"Bob!" I shouted, "there are young ones!"</p> + +<p>"Hooray!" cried Bob. "That's better yet. Throw 'em down, and I'll catch +'em in my hat."</p> + +<p>Much as I hated to do it, I thrust in my hand again, and out came a +young hawk, biting, scratching, and screaming. I didn't hold it long, +but in less time than you can say "Jack Robinson," down it went into +Bob's hat.</p> + +<p>Just as I threw down the third and last bird I heard Bob shout, "Look +out! the old one's coming." Then something hit me on all sides of my +head at once, just as if half a dozen school-teachers were boxing my +ears at the same time. I put up my hands to defend my eyes, lost my +balance, and, crash!— I didn't know anything more for the next five +minutes.</p> + +<p>When I came to myself Bob was dashing water in my face by the hatful. I +could just manage to say, "Don't drown me."</p> + +<p>"Then you're not dead!" exclaimed Bob. "You gave me an awful scare. Why, +I couldn't make you speak a word. Don't ever go and do it again."</p> + +<p>"I'm not dead yet, Bob, but it was a pretty ugly fall, wasn't it? Where +are the young hawks?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, they're all right. I've got 'em tied up in my handkerchief. Try and +see if you can stand up."</p> + +<p>I did try, but the minute I bore my weight on my right ankle such a +sharp pain went through it that down I fell, and fainted away again.</p> + +<p>When I came to, the second time, I heard a man say, "Guess we'd better +carry him right down to the house, and get the doctor to 'tend to him." +Bob had gone to a farm-house near by, and had brought two men to help +him take care of me.</p> + +<p>"I'm all right now," said I, "except my ankle, and I guess Bob can wheel +me home in a wheelbarrow."</p> + +<p>"I'll wheel you myself," said one of the men. "You've done a good job +breaking up that there hawks' nest, and I owe you something for it."</p> + +<p>You'd better believe that the boys stared when they saw Farmer Jones +wheeling me home, and Bob carrying three young hawks in his +handkerchief. I felt pretty proud, but was laid up for three weeks with +my sprained ankle, and I made up my mind that the next time I meddled +with a hawk's nest, I'd shoot the old hawk first.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="OLD_TIMES_IN_THE_COLONIES" id="OLD_TIMES_IN_THE_COLONIES"></a>OLD TIMES IN THE COLONIES.</h2> + +<h3>BY CHARLES CARLETON COFFIN.</h3> + +<h3>No. VII.</h3> + +<h3>JOHN STARK AND THE INDIANS.</h3> + +<p>In April, 1752, David Stinson, Amos Eastman, William and John Stark, +paddled up the Merrimac River in canoes. Just above the junction of the +Contoocook River with the Merrimac they passed the last log-cabin. From +thence all the way to Canada there was not a white man. They made their +way forty miles farther, entered a little stream now known as Baker's +River, winding through a beautiful valley, built a camp, and set their +traps to catch beaver, which were building their dams along the brooks.</p> + +<p>There had been war between France and England, but peace had been agreed +upon, and the Indians, who had been on the side of France, came from +Canada and traded with the settlers along the frontier; but the settlers +were ever on the watch, fearing an outbreak of hostilities at any +moment.</p> + +<p>The young hunters discovered some tracks in the woods, which had been +made by Indians.</p> + +<p>"The red-skins are about," they said.</p> + +<p>It was agreed that it would be best to take up their traps and leave +quietly, for the Indians claimed the whole country as their hunting +ground. John Stark went out from the camp to take up his traps, when he +found himself confronted by several Indians, who made him their +prisoner. They had come from the village of St. Francis, in Canada, to +Lake Memphremagog, brought their canoes across the divide between the +lake and Connecticut River, and had descended that stream to the present +town of Haverhill, in New Hampshire, and were on their way to plunder +the settlements on the Merrimac. They did not know that John Stark had +any companions near at hand, nor did he inform them.</p> + +<p>"Why is John gone so long?" was the question asked by the others.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps he is lost. Let us fire a gun."</p> + +<p>The report of a gun echoed through the forest.</p> + +<p>The Indians' eyes twinkled. There were more prisoners to be had. They +stole through the woods with John, and came upon his three companions. +Eastman was on shore, his brother William and Stinson in the boat. The +Indians seized Eastman.</p> + +<p>"Pull to the other shore," shouted John.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 335px;"> +<img src="images/ill_006.jpg" width="335" height="500" alt=""CRACK! CRACK! WENT THE GUNS OF THE INDIANS."" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"CRACK! CRACK! WENT THE GUNS OF THE INDIANS."</span> +</div> + +<p>Crack! crack! went the guns of the Indians. Stinson fell dead, and a +bullet split the paddle in the hands of John's brother, who leaped to +the other bank, and escaped. Crack! crack! went the guns again, but he +was so far away that they did not harm him. The Indians, enraged at +William's escape, gave John a whipping; but instead of whining, he +laughed in their faces. They gathered up the hunters' beaver-skins, took +their guns and traps, piled them upon John and Eastman, and started for +their canoes, greatly pleased with their luck. The Indians divided, one +party going over the Green Mountains with the furs which they had +captured, going to Albany, where they could get better prices than in +Canada, and the other, with John and Eastman, going up the Connecticut +to Lake Memphremagog, descending the St. Francis River to their village +on the St. Lawrence.</p> + +<p>It was a wearisome journey, and John had a heavy pack to carry, but he +was young, strong, brave, and was not in the least down-hearted. He did +not think that the Indians would harm him; they could do better—sell +him to the French.</p> + +<p>The Indian town of St. Francis was a collection of miserable cabins and +wigwams. The Jesuit fathers had been among the tribe for many years, and +had won their confidence; had converted them to Christianity; that is, +the Indians had been baptized; they counted their beads, and mumbled a +few prayers that the priests had taught them; but they had learned +nothing of the justice, mercy, or love pertaining to the Christian +religion. They were the same blood-thirsty creatures that they had +always been, and were happiest when killing and scalping the defenseless +settlers.</p> + +<p>The whole population—warriors, squaws, and children—came out to +welcome the returning party. True, the French and English were not at +war; neither were the English at war with the Indians; but what of that? +Had they not made war on their own account? There was no one to rebuke +them, for were not the English always considered as their enemies?</p> + +<p>The Indians of St. Francis always made their prisoners run the gauntlet. +It is not quite certain what the word comes from, but it means running +between two files of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_720" id="Page_720">[Pg 720]</a></span> men armed with sticks and clubs, each Indian to +give the runner a whack as he passes.</p> + +<p>The Indians, squaws, children, and all, paraded in two lines about four +feet apart. Eastman was the older, and was the first to run. Whack! +whack! went the sticks and clubs, beating him black and blue.</p> + +<p>"Your turn now," said an Indian to John.</p> + +<p>He is thirty years old, tall, broad-shouldered, his muscles like springs +of steel. He has an iron will, and is quick to think and act.</p> + +<p>The Indians grasp their cudgels more firmly to give him a good drubbing. +What fun it will be to bring them down upon his broad shoulders, and see +him cringe!</p> + +<p>John comes upon the run. Quick as a flash he seizes the cudgel in the +hands of the first Indian, swings it about his head with the strength of +a giant. Whack! it goes upon the skull of one, whack! again upon the +forehead of the Indian opposite, knocking them right and left. The next +two catch it, the third and fourth. They go down as the Philistines fell +before Samson. His blows fall so fast that the Indians take to their +heels: he breaks up the gauntlet, and marches over the ground like a +conqueror. The Indians, instead of punishing him, are greatly pleased.</p> + +<p>It is midsummer, and the corn which the Indians have planted needs +hoeing. They take him into the field, put a hoe into his hands to work +with the squaws.</p> + +<p>"You hoe corn," they say. John Stark hoe corn for the Indians! Not he. +He cuts up weeds and corn alike, giving a few strokes, doing what damage +he can, and then flings the hoe into the river.</p> + +<p>"Squaws hoe corn. Braves fight," he says.</p> + +<p>Do they beat him? On the contrary, they pat him on the shoulder.</p> + +<p>"Bono! bono!" (good! good!) they say.</p> + +<p>The Indians look down upon work as degrading. They make their wives do +all the drudgery. Women were made to work, men to fight. To humiliate +their prisoners they put them to work, degrading them to the condition +of women. John Stark understood their character, and acted accordingly, +and his captors were so delighted that they wanted him to become an +Indian.</p> + +<p>"We make you chief," they said.</p> + +<p>"You be my son. I give you my daughter," said the chief.</p> + +<p>But John Stark had no idea of becoming an Indian. Nevertheless, he kept +his eyes and ears open. He studied their ways. They showed him how to +follow a trail over the dead leaves of the forest—how the leaves would +be rustled here and there, turned up at the edges, or pressed down a +little harder where men had set their feet. He saw what cowards they +were unless the advantage was all on their side, and how wily they were +to steal upon their enemies. He picked up a little of their language. He +was ready to go with them upon a deer-hunt; but as for working, he would +not.</p> + +<p>Little did the Indians think that they were teaching one who would turn +all his knowledge to good account against them a few years later; that +when they were showing him how to follow a trail they were teaching him +to trace their own footsteps; that when the time came he would pay them +off roundly for having taken him prisoner.</p> + +<p>He was so brave, resolute, stout-hearted, and strong that they set a +much higher value upon him than upon his comrade Eastman; for when their +friends sent money to Montreal to ransom them, they asked only sixty +dollars for Eastman, while John had to pay one hundred. So much for +being brave! The money was paid, and the two men were sent to Montreal, +and from there to Albany. As they came through Lake Champlain, John +Stark looked out upon scenes with which he was to become familiar in +after-years, and which we shall read about at another time.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_721" id="Page_721">[Pg 721]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 419px;"> +<img src="images/ill_007.jpg" width="419" height="600" alt="THE RIVALS." title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE RIVALS.</span> +</div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_722" id="Page_722">[Pg 722]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="LILS_FUN" id="LILS_FUN"></a>LIL'S FUN.</h2> + +<h3>BY MRS. W. J. HAYS.</h3> + +<p>"Boys have the best of it always!" said Lil, flinging herself in the +hammock with a sigh, as she saw her two brothers, several cousins, and +their comrades, in battered hats, turned-up trousers, and dingiest of +jackets, going down through the maples with their fishing-poles over +their shoulders.</p> + +<p>"I think so too," said Ollie, spreading out her dainty dress, and +picking a daring grasshopper off her silk stocking. "It's just too mean +that we can't have some fun. They say we are always in the way, that we +can't even bait our own hooks—it <i>is</i> horrid to stick those nasty worms +on!—but I can catch fish as well as any one, and if boys are around, +why shouldn't they make themselves useful? And they say we scream so, +and make such a fuss about every thing," went on Ollie, in the same +injured tone.</p> + +<p>"Everything is better for boys than for girls. All the stories are +written for them; they can ride, and drive, and play ball, and swim, and +skate, and—"</p> + +<p>"Lil! Lillie!" called a soft sweet voice, "are you in the sun? Your +complexion will be ruined."</p> + +<p>"There! didn't I say so?" was the somewhat incoherent reply. "Isn't it +always the way? See how we are watched: don't go in the sun, you'll be +burned; don't do this, don't do that—all because you're a girl. I'm +tired of it.—Aunt Kit, I'm not in the sun.—I wish I was," was added +<i>sotto voce</i>.</p> + +<p>"Country girls' mothers are not so particular," said Ollie. "Look at +those Pokeby girls in their calicoes; they climb trees like monkeys, and +they have lots of good times."</p> + +<p>"Let's go over and see them; it is not far. Come, Ollie."</p> + +<p>"In my new dotted mull and silk stockings?" cried Ollie, in amazement. +"Aunt Kit won't let us."</p> + +<p>"See if she don't;" and Lil bounced out of the hammock, and into the +house, where in the cool darkness of a shaded parlor sat a slender lady, +with a pile of flosses in her lap, and a graceful basket in her hands, +which she was ornamenting. "Aunt Kit, I have come to ask a favor. We are +just bored to death doing nothing."</p> + +<p>"Lil, how can you use such an expression? I am shocked. You are really +getting very careless in your use of words."</p> + +<p>"Well, then, excuse me, but it's the truth all the same. Ollie and I +want some fun; the boys wouldn't take us fishing, and now I want you to +let us put on some old duds and go over to the Pokebys'. We will promise +to come home to tea, we will be as prim as prunes afterward, and I'll +play two extra exercises to-morrow, and learn three pages of French. Now +you can't say no; there's every reason for saying yes, and you will have +a nice quiet time all day, without being bothered. Please—that's a +darling!" and she smothered her retreating relative with kisses.</p> + +<p>After some hesitation, and after many protestations that they would +remember every charge given them, the girls received permission to go to +the farm.</p> + +<p>"I never was more surprised in my life," said Ollie, as, after donning +plainer attire, she and Lil started out. "Now I am going in for a day's +fun."</p> + +<p>"What are you going to do?"</p> + +<p>"Everything. When I get hold of Clara Pokeby—There she is now!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, Clara!" broke out both girls at once, "we have come to spend the +afternoon, if we may. Is it convenient?"</p> + +<p>"I'll ask mother," said the quiet little maid, with a sincerity which +somewhat dampened Lil's ardor.</p> + +<p>They were joined in a few moments more by two other girls, each a year +older and an inch higher; and now Lil, having an audience, began to +talk, as they left the orchard where they had met, and from which they +were walking to the farm-house, which peered out from its thicket of +lilac-bushes, syringas, and overhanging maples. She was waxing eloquent +over her dissatisfaction with boarding-house amusements, the boys' +neglect, and her aunt's strictness, when they reached the door, and +Clara made known her wishes to her mother.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Pokeby had heard the conclusion of Lil's speech, and a smile was +dancing around the corners of her mouth.</p> + +<p>"A little more work and a little less play would be my remedy, Miss +Lil." But seeing the girl looked somewhat crest-fallen, she said, +kindly: "Come in, come in, all of you, and welcome. If you can wait till +my girls have helped me a little, you may have all the fun you can make +for yourselves."</p> + +<p>The farm kitchen was a very spacious room, and Lil and Ollie thought it +ever so much nicer than the one in their city house. The dresser was +filled with shining tins, the cupboard with blue china enough to stock +two or three cabinets, the floor was white as the fine sand could make +it, and the bunches of sweet herbs perfumed the room so pleasantly that +bees had evidently mistaken the place for a branch of the flower garden +by the way they flitted in and out.</p> + +<p>Lil and Ollie sat down to watch Mrs. Pokeby, who was preparing to bake; +but in a trice both had on aprons, and were busily assisting Clara and +her sisters. It was so nice to be trusted to break and beat eggs, to +sift flour, to wash currants, and weigh sugar. They whipped the eggs +till they looked like snow, they made the creamy butter dissolve in the +sparkling sugar, they tasted and tried the consistency of the cake, they +buttered the pans, and watched the oven. Mrs. Pokeby even let them mould +some biscuits, and spread the paste over pie plates, and drop in the +luscious fruit. So intent were they in their occupation that they hardly +noticed the lengthening shadows, and heard Clara Pokeby say it was time +to be off if they were going anywhere to play.</p> + +<p>"Oh, wouldn't it be nice to give the boys a supper?—a supper all cooked +by ourselves?" said Lil, with a sudden inspiration.</p> + +<p>"Jolly enough," said Ollie.</p> + +<p>"And have it in the woods," said Clara. "Do you know where they have +gone?" she asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes, they were to fish in Black Creek—down where we gathered +pond-lilies last week."</p> + +<p>"That is not too far. Mother, may we do it?"</p> + +<p>"To be sure. You may have a share of everything we have made. Let me +see, there's an apple-pie, a pan of biscuit— I can whip up some +corn-bread—"</p> + +<p>"Oh, please let me do it," said Lil.</p> + +<p>No sooner said than done. Again they went to work. By the time the +corn-bread was finished, Mrs. Pokeby had packed the baskets. Lil had +looked about fifty times in the oven, and fifty times more at the +receipt-book, to see if she had followed the instructions properly, +while Clara and Ollie and the other girls had provided glasses and +spoons and napkins.</p> + +<p>"Now we are all ready—come on, girls," was at last the order issued by +Lil, and away they went. Mr. Pokeby gave them a lift on the empty +hay-cart, and carried the heaviest basket to the woods. They chose a +lovely spot, grassy and smooth, not far from the path where the boys +would have to pass. They could hear their voices now, and the occasional +splash of an oar. They spread out their table-cloth, made a fire, and +Lil said she was going to scramble some eggs; meanwhile Ollie and Clara +could be on the watch to secure the guests.</p> + +<p>It was a delightful afternoon, and a cool breeze was fluttering the +grasses. The water of the creek reflected the overhanging boughs in its +dark surface, water-spiders were spinning their little whirls, crickets +were singing, and swallows had begun their evening hunt.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_723" id="Page_723">[Pg 723]</a></span></p> + +<p>The boys, tired and hungry, pushed their boat up on the bank. One or two +were elated with their success, and had quite a string of fish to show; +the others, disappointed, had been arguing as to their want of luck, and +had subsided into silence.</p> + +<p>"Whew!" said Lil's brother Charlie; "I smell something good; wish I was +home; awful hungry. How is it with you, Ted?"</p> + +<p>"Voracious."</p> + +<p>"And you, Sam?"</p> + +<p>"Tired as that trout I chased and didn't kill."</p> + +<p>"My! how gamy you are!"</p> + +<p>Here the group came to a sudden halt. Two small maids appeared from the +woods, and making a profound courtesy to Charlie as leader, began a +speech.</p> + +<p>"Those bothersome girls again!" whispered Billy Brittain.</p> + +<p>"The Misses Pokeby and the Misses Sinclair have the honor to—to— Oh, +Clara, what was I to say?" asked Ollie, blushing tremendously.</p> + +<p>"Cut it short, please; we're so hungry," put in Charlie.</p> + +<p>"Well, I will. We want you boys to come and get some supper which <i>we</i> +have prepared for you—a sort of picnic, you know."</p> + +<p>The boys gave a shout, flung down their traps, and made for the water to +wash hands and faces, only Ted looked ruefully at his string of fish.</p> + +<p>"What is the matter, Ted?" said Lil, coming up, with her face all +flushed from being over the fire.</p> + +<p>"Why, I was wishing we could have some of these for supper; but it's no +matter, after all."</p> + +<p>"Oh yes, it is. If you'll scrape and fix them, I can put them in the +frying-pan in a jiffy."</p> + +<p>So Ted went to work with a will.</p> + +<p>Never had the boys tasted anything half so nice as that supper; they ate +till they could eat no more. Lil scrambled eggs, and fried fish, and +made tea, till Ollie insisted upon it that she should sit down and be +served like a princess. Then they sang, and danced, and played games +till Mrs. Pokeby and Miss Sinclair came after them, and carried them all +home in Mr. Pokeby's big wagon.</p> + +<p>"Really I never had more fun in my life," said Lil to Mrs. Pokeby, as +they bade her good-by at the farm gate; "and I am so much obliged to you +for letting us give that supper, though the getting it ready was the +best part."</p> + +<p>"That's because you seasoned it."</p> + +<p>"What with?" asked Lil, wondering.</p> + +<p>"With work—actual work."</p> + +<p>"Do you think so? Perhaps that's the reason boys have such good times."</p> + +<p>"I dare say."</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h4><a name="MOONSHINERS" id="MOONSHINERS"></a>[Begun in <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span> No. 47, September 21.]</h4> + +<h2>"MOONSHINERS."</h2> + +<h3>BY E. H. MILLER.</h3> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Chapter III</span>.</h3> + +<h3>CONNY REPAYS THE DOCTOR'S KINDNESS.</h3> + +<p>But before the mountains were quite bare there came a time when even +Conny ceased to interest the family, for Joe was coming home from +college. Joe, the handsome young student, whom father, mother, Betty, +and the servants all agreed to worship. He was to bring with him a +friend, and from garret to cellar the whole house was astir to do them +honor.</p> + +<p>Conny was in the kitchen, polishing the silver, and listening to Biddy's +raptures. "Sure, thin, Conny, and it's a young gintleman ye'll be seein' +as there isn't the likes in ahl this miserable coontry, bad luck till +it!"</p> + +<p>"Is he like the master?" asked Conny.</p> + +<p>"Indade, thin, I couldn't be sayin' whidder it's likest the masther or +the misthress he is. Tahl an' straight, an' sooch a look in the two eyes +of 'im."</p> + +<p>"Conny," said the doctor, coming to the door, "I am obliged to go to +Hampton to see a very sick man. You will have to go for Master Joe and +the other gentleman to-night."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," said Conny, well pleased with the commission.</p> + +<p>"Be sure you start in season. Put Doll into the sulky, and lead Prince +behind. The young gentlemen can drive themselves back, unless Joe +chooses to ride Prince. He was always such a boy for a horse!"</p> + +<p>The doctor's rugged face softened, as it always did at the thought of +his boy, and it was no small self-denial to go away to the bedside of +some poor old wreck of humanity, delaying for hours the delight of +greeting his prince.</p> + +<p>Early in the afternoon Conny started on his long ride of ten miles to +meet the young gentlemen at Kilbourne, the nearest railroad station. It +was almost November, but the blue haze of the Indian summer hung over +the landscape, and the air was warm and mellow with sunshine. Any eye +but Conny's would have said that the long mountain gorges, and the +thickly wooded glens into which they opened, were deserted of all life +save the squirrels and a few wood birds, but Conny heard a hawk's note +from above the cliff, and caught sight of a man silently watching him +from behind a mossy log. He laughed a little to himself to think how +often he had played the spy in that very hollow, watching to see who +came or went from Kilbourne, and then with a word started Doll into a +quicker pace. He was at Kilbourne in ample time to meet his passengers, +and, as the doctor had anticipated, Joe decided that he would ride +Prince, as he had so often done before, while Conny should take his +friend Douglass in the sulky.</p> + +<p>The brief sunshine was already vanishing when they started, and the +warmth rapidly leaving the frosty air. Douglass wrapped himself closely +in his cloak, and Master Joe was glad to start Prince into a brisk +canter. Almost without warning the night shut down, and they found the +deeper cuts among the mountains quite dark. Doll was a swift traveller, +and old Prince could not keep up his pace, so Master Joe gradually fell +back, and kept near the sulky, exchanging words with his friend, and +plying Conny with questions about home.</p> + +<p>"We shall soon be there now," he said, as they entered a narrow gorge. +"We really ought to show you some sort of an adventure, Douglass, to +give the proper spice to your first visit to the mountains. If it was +summer, now, we could get something terrific in the shape of a storm, +and slide a few rods of road down the mountain, or pile up the track +with big trees and rocks."</p> + +<p>"I should fancy it was just the kind of place for banditti," said his +friend; "and I am sure some of those fellows we saw at the station look +as if they would take naturally to that sort of life."</p> + +<p>They were driving slowly, and at that moment a strange, shrill cry went +wavering up from below them.</p> + +<p>"That's a murderous voice for a bird," said Douglass.</p> + +<p>"It's a hawk. I fancy," said Master Joe; "you often hear it among the +mountains, though I've never been able to find the fellow.— What's +wrong, Conny?" for Conny had stopped Doll so suddenly that Prince bumped +his nose on the sulky.</p> + +<p>Alas for Conny! He knew well enough what that cry meant. It was a +warning sent up to some one at the rocky pass above, to say that danger +was coming up the mountain. He remembered in an instant that old Timothy +had said there were stories of government officers in disguise spying +about Dunsmore, and that the moonshiners would make it uncomfortable for +them if they crossed their tracks.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_724" id="Page_724">[Pg 724]</a></span></p> + +<p>No dream of fear for himself came to his mind, but how should he save +Master Joe? for he knew more than even old Timothy guessed of the +lawless and desperate characters among the mountains.</p> + +<p>"Master Joe," said he, quickly, "would you mind changing with me a bit? +I'm lighter weight to carry, and I'll go on to let old Timothy know. +He'd be vexed not to be ready with his lantern."</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 269px;"> +<img src="images/ill_008.jpg" width="269" height="400" alt=""CONNY WENT SPINNING AWAY IN THE DUSK."" title="" /> +<span class="caption">"CONNY WENT SPINNING AWAY IN THE DUSK."</span> +</div> + +<p>Joe was quite ready for the exchange. It was many months since he had +tried the saddle, and an hour of it was quite enough to satisfy him; so +he settled back comfortably in the seat, while Conny went spinning away +in the dusk, as if old Prince had suddenly renewed his youth. They heard +the hoof-clicks on the hard road growing fainter in the distance, and +then the sharp ring of a rifle that woke a thousand echoes among the +hills.</p> + +<p>Douglass started, but Joe laughed.</p> + +<p>"Your banditti are putting in an appearance."</p> + +<p>"Attacking an unfortunate rabbit, I suppose," said Douglass, bravely.</p> + +<p>Neither of them guessed what had really happened. When Conny rode at +full speed into Hemlock Glen he had hardly a plan as to what he should +do, but the next instant a bullet struck him in the shoulder and almost +sent him from his horse. He caught the lines in his left hand, and +called in a clear but low voice to some invisible foe, "It's I, Conny +McConnell, and the lads in the buggy beyond are just Master Joe, the +doctor's son, coming home from college with a friend, just a laddie like +himsel'."</p> + +<p>There was not a sound in response unless a dry twig may have cracked, +but Conny paced slowly along until Doll's quick feet brought her into +the Glen.</p> + +<p>"Hullo, Conny!" called Master Joe, "did you hear a rifle-shot?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," said Conny; "there's a deal of game running these nights."</p> + +<p>"What sort of game do you folks hunt with rifles up here?" asked +Douglass; but Conny did not answer, and in a few moments they came out +upon the open road, and saw the lights of Dunsmore about a mile before +them.</p> + +<p>Old Timothy was on the look-out, and long before they reached the house +they saw his lantern moving about the barn.</p> + +<p>"Here we are!" called Joe, throwing down the lines and springing out; +and in the happy confusion of the greetings no one looked at Conny, +until the doctor, taking his hand from the side of Prince, started to +see that it was stained with blood.</p> + +<p>"What! Why, bless us! Conny, what has happened to you?"</p> + +<p>"I think I have a little hurt somewhere in me shoulder, sir," said +Conny, sliding from the horse; "it's nothing much, sir, if you'd have +the goodness to fix me a little at the barn."</p> + +<p>But the doctor would not hear to such a thing, and took Conny to the +surgery, where he discovered that the bones of his arm were broken above +the elbow; and most unwillingly Conny told the story.</p> + +<p>How he had recognized the cry of warning, and understood that the young +gentlemen were mistaken for revenue officers, and that mischief would +probably be done them unless he could succeed in preventing the attack.</p> + +<p>"And so you invited them to empty their rifles on you," said the doctor, +gruffly; but as he spoke he wiped his eyes on a roll of bandages.</p> + +<p>"It's good luck it was me, sir," said Conny. "Wouldn't it have spited us +if Master Joe had been spoiled with a broken arm, and all the fun we've +been planning gone for nothing?"</p> + +<p>"But the rascals might have killed you."</p> + +<p>"I don't think they're that bad, sir; they were meaning a bit of a +scare, and maybe a drubbing or the likes."</p> + +<p>"I'll drub them," said the doctor; "I'll make this county too hot for +them," and then, having finished dressing the arm, he threw his own +dressing-gown over Conny. "My boy," he said, gently, "I understand +perfectly well what a brave thing you have done: you risked your own +life to save our Joe. I honor you and love you for it from my heart, but +you and I will keep it a secret between us for the present. I think it +would kill my wife to know her boy had been in such danger. She shall +not know it till that nest of murderers is cleared out."</p> + +<p>Conny's part in Master Joe's vacation was not exactly what he had +planned, but he scarcely regretted the wound that brought him such +gentle and loving care from every member of the family, by whom it was +only understood that Conny had been accidentally shot by a careless +hunter, and had borne his pain in silence all the long ride home from +the Glen.</p> + +<p>Months afterward, when the last moonshiner had disappeared, and the old +still in the forest had been dismantled, the doctor ventured to tell his +wife of Joe's escape.</p> + +<p>"And I have never thanked him," she said, her eyes filling with tears, +as she went straight to the attic, where Conny was so deeply absorbed in +a bit of carving that he did not see or hear her until she put her arms +around him and kissed him again and again.</p> + +<p>"I know all about it now, Conny—the brave, beautiful thing that you did +for my boy."</p> + +<p>"Oh, ma'am," said Conny, "it was nothing. I was so glad to do it."</p> + +<p>Mrs. Hunter kissed him again, as she repeated, gently, "'Greater love +hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.'"</p> + +<p>And Conny, not understanding, said, earnestly, "Maybe you'll think me +presuming to be saying it, but it's that same I'd do for ye, ma'am, or +for little Miss Betty, or the master himself, if it's any good it would +be bringing ye."</p> + +<p>"I believe you Conny," said Mrs. Hunter, "but I hope you may never have +a chance to try."</p> + +<h4><span class="smcap">the end</span>.</h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_725" id="Page_725">[Pg 725]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 335px;"><a name="LITTLE_MISS_TURNER" id="LITTLE_MISS_TURNER"></a> +<img src="images/ill_009.jpg" width="335" height="400" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>LITTLE MISS TURNER.</h2> + +<h3>BY W. T. PETERS.</h3> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">"Oh, where have you been to,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">My little Miss Turner—</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">Oh, where have you been to to-day?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">I've brought you my wagon</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">To take you a-riding;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">So why have I found you away?"</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">"Oh, I've been to the meadows,"</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">Said little Miss Turner,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">"With sweet robin-redbreast at play;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">And the daisies and daffodils</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">Made me a bow,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">And said, 'How do you do to-day?"</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> +<img src="images/ill_010.jpg" width="700" height="492" alt="ROASTING EARS.—Drawn by S. G. McCutcheon." title="" /> +<span class="caption">ROASTING EARS.—<span class="smcap">Drawn by S. G. McCutcheon</span>.</span> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="EGYPTIAN_WONDERS" id="EGYPTIAN_WONDERS"></a>EGYPTIAN WONDERS.</h2> + +<p>It is said that an Egyptian Prince dreamed one night of an obelisk, and +when he awoke ordered his engineers and his workmen to carve in solid +stone the strange and useless device. An obelisk resembles nothing so +much as the fanciful figures of a dream. It is a tall square pillar of a +peculiar form, often carved with hieroglyphics, and commemorating the +name and exploits of its founder. These solitary pillars of stone, +sometimes more than a hundred feet in height, are formed of one block or +piece, and must have been cut in the quarry with incessant labor. They +abound in Egypt, and were a common decoration of its immense temples. +Later, several of them were transported on great rafts or ships to the +city of Rome. There are in all twelve in that city. One of them is one +hundred and nine feet high without the base—a solid piece of red +granite. Europe has despoiled Egypt of its obelisks. Paris has one; +London another, crumbling away on the banks of the Thames; and we have +one in New York. The dream of the Egyptian Prince seems to have a strong +interest for all ages.</p> + +<p>All Egypt, its history, its cities, its buildings, its mummies, gods, +cats, hawks, bulls, sphinxes, the Memnonium, resemble the fancies of a +dream. The Nile flows through its sandy plain, and covers it with +fertility. Late discoveries have shown that it is one of the longest +rivers in the world, rising among the high mountains of Africa, and fed +by immense lakes. In Egypt it overflows its banks every year, and covers +the land with a rich deposit of mud. On its shores are the ruins of the +strangest of all architecture, the works of the ancient +Egyptians—immense, grand, awful. They are the largest of all buildings. +St. Paul's Cathedral, in London, or the Cologne Cathedral, or even St. +Peter's, at Rome, would be lost in the vast circuit of the columns of +Luxor and Karnak. As one passes them by moonlight on the smooth stream, +they seem, it is said, the palaces of giants. One temple was a mile and +a half in circumference. The Pyramids exceed all other buildings in +strength, height, and durability. Some of them are four or five thousand +years old.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_726" id="Page_726">[Pg 726]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"><a name="OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX" id="OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX"></a> +<img src="images/ill_011.jpg" width="600" height="255" alt="OUR POST-OFFICE BOX." title="" /> +</div> + +<p>Very tasteful ornamental covers for the first volume of <span class="smcap">Harper's Young +People</span>, which will conclude with No. 52, issued October 26, 1880, are +now ready, and will be sold for thirty-five cents, or forty-eight cents +if sent by mail, postage prepaid. These covers are not self-binding, but +any book-binder will put them on for a small charge.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>We wish to call the attention of those of our readers engaged in making +exchanges to the great importance of careful and clearly written +addresses. We receive proofs daily of the neglect of this essential +point. In Post-office Box No. 46 we printed a letter from a +correspondent anxious to make an acknowledgment of a pretty mineral, but +who was unable to do so because she "could not make out the name" of the +sender. Another correspondent, whose correct address was printed in full +in Our Post-office Box, received a letter on which the only correct +portion of the direction was his own name and the city in which he +lived, the name and number of the street, and even the State, being +entirely wrong. That he ever received it at all is a proof of the great +experience and skill of Uncle Sam's Post-office Department. Now such a +very careless method of direction might result in the loss of valuable +minerals, stamps, or other specimens.</p> + +<p>Other correspondents report having received letters without name or +address of any kind, and yet the sender expected to be answered, and was +no doubt disappointed, as he was probably unaware that he had omitted a +very important part of his letter.</p> + +<p>We have ourselves received large numbers of correct answers to puzzles, +often accompanied by the pretty appeal, "Do, please, print my name in +the list of those sending correct answers," and neither initials, name, +nor even address attached upon which we could base an acknowledgment. +When the answers were published, and those little folks found their +solutions were correct, and yet their names didn't appear, no doubt they +thought themselves very badly treated; but the fault was not ours.</p> + +<p>Now when you direct a letter for purposes of exchange, copy the whole +address given in Our Post-office Box very carefully and clearly. And +give your own address in full, very plainly written, or else, even +should your letter reach its destination, you probably will not receive +an answer.</p> + +<p>Learn to bestow care and attention upon little things now while you are +young, and as you grow older you will find it easier to be careful in +things of greater importance, and thereby save yourself and others from +much unnecessary trouble.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Boston, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>It would be curious to know how many of the child-correspondents +of <span class="smcap">Young People</span> are really getting good natural history +collections. I can not imagine a greater help in educating a +child. My little girl, known among them as "Wee Tot," is quite +absorbed in learning everything she can about shells, minerals, +birds, flowers, and other natural objects, and nearly every mail +brings or takes some new variety.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">One of the Mothers</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">West Brighton, Staten Island</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>Although I am not one of your youngest readers, I wish to tell you +that <span class="smcap">Young People</span> is the best paper I ever saw for little folks, +and I very much wish there was one as good in my own country, +which is France.</p> + +<p>My pet is a little chicken hatched by steam, which I bought at +Coney Island, at a show where you can see the whole process of +hatching. The eggs are kept at a certain temperature for +twenty-one days, the length of time a hen would sit on them, and +then the little chickens begin to knock on their shells for +admittance into the wide world. In half an hour they are fairly +out, and ready to eat some yolk of an egg crumbled in little bits, +which is given them for the first few days of their life.</p> + +<p>I bought one when it was a day old. The poor little thing was put +in a card-board box, where it cried all the way home. I kept it in +a cage made of an old box for several weeks, fearing the cat would +take it for a bird, and eat it up. I call it Cocotte. It is very +tame, and follows me everywhere, but its favorite place is in the +kitchen closet, keeping guard over the oatmeal bag, which contains +its principal food, although it will eat any kind of meat with the +cats, and drinks milk with them.</p> + +<p>Cocotte, which is now two months old, is a Spanish Leghorn. She +sends her best love to <span class="smcap">Young People</span>, and begs me to say that she +is a very happy orphan.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">A. D.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Clifton Springs, New York</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I have some very queer pets. They are craw-fish, which I caught in +a little creek. There were thirteen, but there are only twelve +now, for one fell out of the window. We keep them in a pan, and +they fight each other a great deal. A good many have some of their +claws bitten off, and in the morning I find a stray claw floating +on the top of the water. The two smallest are named Budge and +Toddy. I would like to know how to take care of them.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Bessy F.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<p>You must put dirt and small stones on the bottom of your pan, for +craw-fish like to burrow and hide themselves in the mud. Feed them with +worms and bits of meat. If they live, and you watch them carefully, you +will find that the claws they lose will soon grow out again.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Cincinnati, Ohio</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>As all the children write of their pets, I would like to tell +about mine. They are ten little silver minnows. They are so tame +they will come up to me when I go near them. They are very fond of +moss, which I put in the water for them, and they like to run +under it.</p> + +<p>In cold weather the water freezes, and I put the glass globe near +the fire to thaw. The minnows seem so happy when the water is +thawed.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">M. Lilian K.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Dublin, New Hampshire</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I send a very simple experiment to the chemists' club. Take equal +parts of oil and water, and even when shaken violently they will +not unite. Add a small quantity of ammonia, and they will take the +form of liquid soap.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">George L. O.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Lynchburgh, Texas</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I am taking <span class="smcap">Young People</span>, and I like it very much, but I like the +Post-office Box very much indeed.</p> + +<p>I have a pet colt. I raised it on milk. At first I had to feed it +with a bottle, as it had no mother. Its name is Minnehaha. It now +eats bread, sugar, or corn. When I call, it answers just like a +child, and will come to me.</p> + +<p>I have a wax doll named Lily. I had eight dolls, but I sent the +others to my little cousins.</p> + +<p>My little sister Ruby, five years old, has a pet cat that comes +every morning and gets in the bed with her, and lies down with its +head on her arm, like a little baby.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Pearl A. H.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">North Andover, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I was very much interested in the account of "Lovewell's Fight +with the Pigwackets," in <span class="smcap">Young People</span> No. 47, as I live in the +house in which it is said Chaplain Jonathan Frye was born, and +from which he started to the fatal fight where he lost his life. +About sixty years ago my grandfather bought the house and repaired +it, and my uncle owns it now. The north portion is the oldest, and +the walls are finished with antique wooden panels. Formerly there +were very big fire-places, but they have all been modernized.</p> + +<p>Just before starting to fight the Indians, Chaplain Frye brought a +young elm-tree from the woods, and planted it on the green by the +road-side near the house. About a month afterward, in May, 1725, +he was killed, but the tree grew and flourished, and its great +round crown stood nobly against the storms and winds of a hundred +and fifty, years. It was known all through this region as the "Old +Frye Elm." Although it had many dead branches, it was still a +beautiful tree when in 1875 it was cut down. The trunk was left +standing about twenty feet high—a silent and mournful monument to +the memory of him who planted it. The winds carried some germs of +the solidago to the top of the stump, where they rooted in the +decaying wood, and for several autumns crowned it with their +golden blossoms. But the stump is now very much decayed, and must +soon fall, and this natural monument to the memory of a brave man +will disappear forever.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Harry W. C.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Concord, New Hampshire</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I was very much interested in the story of the escape of Hannah +Dustin, in <span class="smcap">Young People</span> No. 42, because I know many of the places +through which she passed. The brook that runs by our house empties +into the Merrimac. Lake Pennacook, now called Long Pond, supplies +the city of Concord with water. It is a favorite resort for +picnics and boating parties.</p> + +<p>The monument on the island at the mouth of the Contoocook is near +Fisherville, one of the suburbs of Concord. There is another +monument on the west side of Concord, which we pass every time we +go to town. It is in memory of several white people who were +massacred by Indians near that spot.</p> + +<p>We have felt three slight shocks of earthquakes here this summer.</p> + +<p>I hope the Moral Pirates will report their next cruise.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">B. M.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Hazlet, New Jersey</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I am a little boy nine years old. My mother, my little sister, and +myself came from Texas in June to spend the summer in the North. +We live in Galveston. I think <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span> is full of +pretty stories. I have been very much interested in "The Moral +Pirates." I found a little row-boat in the creek last week, and +took possession of it with three of my little friends. We cruised +to the end of the creek, where we had to leave our boat, as we did +not know how to turn it around. The boat is there still. It is too +old to be of any use, and is abandoned by its owner. Mamma said I +must have been imitating the Moral Pirates. I never enjoyed myself +so much as I did that day.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Omer</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Weymouth, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I have asked my papa to write for me and tell you how much even a +blind boy may enjoy <span class="smcap">Young People</span>. Mamma, papa, and Arthur read me +the stories over and over again. I should like to know the Moral +Pirates, but papa says my brother is one, and that ought to be +enough.</p> + +<p>I am almost seven. I used to run all about, chase the butterflies +and everything else that came in my way. But last year I was awful +sick, and though I run now as well as I can, my little brother can +run so much faster. I can see the light of the fire in papa's +fire-place, and the sunlight coming in at the windows, but the +things I used to see are so dark, and I can only feel. I have not +found a word of fault because I can not do like other boys.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Everett C. B.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Troy, Tennessee</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>My brother Clarence takes <span class="smcap">Young People</span>. I enjoy it almost as much +as he does, and he says he couldn't do without it.</p> + +<p>I have a doll with great blue eyes and light hair. Her name is +Dora. She is thirty inches high. Mamma dressed her in my own +lemon-colored lawn and blue sash. When papa gave Dora to me I +stood her by the side of my little sister Hallie, fourteen months +old, and they were the same height.</p> + +<p>My home is near Reelfoot Lake, which is about twenty miles long +and seven wide. Papa says it was sunk there about 1811.</p> + +<p>There are several mocking-birds tame enough to build in our yard +and raise young birds. The old ones sing all night when it is +moonlight. I am seven years old, and began school in September.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Pearl H.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Pleasanton, California</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I have taken <span class="smcap">Young People</span> since No. 11, and I think it is a +splendid paper.</p> + +<p>I have only one pet—a black cat named Nig. He is very cunning. He +will sit up as well as any squirrel. He never mews unless he wants +a drink, or to run out-of-doors. He tries hard to turn the door +knob himself, but has never succeeded.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Mamie B.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I have postage stamps I would like to exchange with the +correspondents of <span class="smcap">Young People</span>, if they will send me a list of the +stamps they would like, and of those they have to exchange.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Ettie A. Houston</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;">9 West Nineteenth Street, New York City.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>My papa has taken <span class="smcap">Harper's Weekly</span> for twenty years, and I take +<span class="smcap">Young People</span>. I like "Old Times in the Colonies" and "The Story of +the American Navy" the best. I have a collection of about one +hundred and fifty stamps, and would like to exchange with any +readers of <span class="smcap">Young People</span>.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Curtis Bishop</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;">P. O. Box 1093, New London, Connecticut.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I have just begun to take <span class="smcap">Young People</span>, and I like it very much. I +think "The Moral Pirates" ended splendidly.</p> + +<p>If any boy would like to exchange postage stamps with me, I would +be much obliged if he would send me a list of his stamps, and I +will send one of mine in return.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">C. F. Moses</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;">Care of J. J. Cohen & Sons, Augusta, Georgia.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I have about two thousand foreign stamps, comprising about fifty +varieties, that I would like to exchange with the readers of <span class="smcap">Young +People</span>, especially beginners, for I have not many rare varieties. +I have also a number of one, two, three, six, ten, twelve, +fifteen, twenty-four, and thirty cent War Department stamps to +exchange.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">George M. Finckel</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;">P. O. Box 368, Washington, D. C.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I have some little stone cells, built and occupied by worms. I +found them in a brook in Mount Alto Park, Franklin County, +Pennsylvania. The worms were alive when I took them from the +brook, and perhaps if I had kept them in water they would have +developed into something different.</p> + +<p>If George M. Finckel, or any other readers of <span class="smcap">Young People</span>, would +like a few specimens of these worm cells in exchange for stamps, I +could supply<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_727" id="Page_727">[Pg 727]</a></span> them. My list of stamps is not large, as I am only +beginning a collection. I have no Chinese or West India stamps, +and would be glad to exchange for them any of the following, which +are all the duplicates I have: One zwei groschen Nord-deutscher +post: one eighty centime, Empire Français; one sixpence; two +threepence; two two-hundred mils. Correos de Esco. de España.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Lidie B. Keith</span>, Waynesborough,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;">Franklin County, Pennsylvania.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I have about four hundred and twenty-five different kinds of +postage stamps, and would like to exchange with any of the readers +of <span class="smcap">Young People</span>. I also have a lot of rare postmarks, which I +should like to exchange for stamps. I particularly wish the ninety +Interior, and the seven, twenty-four, thirty, and ninety of either +the War or Treasury Department; or any foreign stamps. I have +Persian, Turkish, Canadian, German, English, Swedish, and Interior +Department stamps for exchange.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">A. H. Verrill</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;">P. O. Box 824, New Haven, Connecticut.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I would like to exchange with the readers of <span class="smcap">Young People</span> some +rare foreign stamps for other foreign stamps and United States +official issues of 1851, '55, '56, '57, '61, '65, '69, '74, '75, +and '76.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Paul Goldsmith</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;">Hohokus, Bergen County, New Jersey.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I am making a collection of minerals, and I would gladly exchange +with any of the readers of <span class="smcap">Young People</span>.</p></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Carrie Thorner</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;">185 Hurn Street, Toledo, Ohio.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">J. B.</span>—Honey-bees were unknown in America until they were brought here +by early European settlers. On this account the honey-bee is called +white man's fly by the Indians.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">W. A.</span>—From your description your "queer animal" appears to belong to +the family of caddis-worms. If he is a member of this family, he is a +scavenger, and will feed himself on the bits of decayed matter in the +water. After a while he will cling to some weed near the surface, and +spin a chrysalis, from which the caddisfly will break forth.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Capt. Frank</span>."—The directions you require are in <span class="smcap">Young People</span> No. 26.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">G. T. T.</span>—Experience has shown that catamarans with two masts are not as +serviceable as those with one.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">D. C. D.</span>—A very popular Halloween game in Scotland is apple-catching. A +large tub of water is placed in the centre of the floor, and a basketful +of plump, rosy-cheeked apples dumped into it. The young folks then try +to pick them from the water with their teeth. As the apples are +slippery, and bob around merrily, there are a great many laughable +mishaps before the coveted prize is secured. A ten-cent piece may be +hidden in one of the apples, which gives more interest to the sport, as +the lucky possessor becomes King or Queen of the festival. This game has +its disadvantages, as you must play it in the kitchen, where the water +may be spattered on the floor without doing mischief. Then, too, you can +not wear your pretty new winter frock, but must be contented with a +calico dress, which you will get soaked with water, and must change the +moment all the apples are captured and the game finished, or you will +surely take cold, and remember Halloween with sorrow. We do not advise +you to try apple-catching, but give it as one of the few sportive games +associated with Halloween. There are many foolish tricks practiced on +that night, but they are intended for grown-up young men and maidens. +They are most of them innocent, but very silly.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class="smcap">C. D. N.</span>—Nellie H.'s recipe for candy is in <span class="smcap">Young People</span> No. 24. The +recipes for white cake and cream candy are both in No. 38. You will find +different recipes for cake and candy in Nos. 19, 27, 28, and 31 to 43 +inclusive.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Favors are acknowledged from Burt J. Wilson, Hammond W. S., Gracie +Stevens, Harry Kennard, Albert Rareshide, George H. K., Mary E. B., +Mabel Lowell, Julian H., G. E. H.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Correct answers to puzzles are received from H. M. P., Ernie Garden, +Allie Maxwell, Hugh Lesley, Nellie Cruger, Artie Winter, J. N. Howe, +Howard Rathbone, J. F. W.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS.</h3> + +<h3>No. 1.</h3> + +<h3>WORD SQUARES.</h3> + +<p>1. First, lean. Second, part of a door. Third, to fish. Fourth, a +memorial. Fifth, to choose.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Bolus</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>2. First, a low shrub. Second, remarkable. Third, a mountain famous in +mythology. Fourth, a region. Fifth, rapidity.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Owlet</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>No. 2.</h3> + +<h3>DIAMOND.</h3> + +<p>In <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>. Backward. Rancid. A European bird. Greased. A +boy's term for father. In <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Bolus</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>No. 3.</h3> + +<h3>HOUR-GLASS PUZZLE.</h3> + +<p>Terrible. One of a wandering race. An affirmation. In Europe. A domestic +animal. Ludicrous. A powerful medicine. Centrals read downward spell the +name of an American author.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">S. F. W.</span></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>No. 4.</h3> + +<h3>ENIGMA.</h3> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 24em;">My first is in symbol, but not in sign.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 24em;">My second in creeper, but not in vine.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 24em;">My third is in mutton, but not in beef.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 24em;">My fourth is in robber, but not in thief.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 24em;">My fifth is in terrible, not in fright.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 24em;">My sixth is in darkness, but not in night.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 24em;">My seventh is in freshet, but not in tides.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 24em;">My whole on a dreadful scorpion rides.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 42em;"><span class="smcap">Bella</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<h3>ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN NO. 46.</h3> + +<h3>No. 1.</h3> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="10%" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>N</td><td align='left'>E</td><td align='left'>M</td><td align='left'>O</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>E</td><td align='left'>R</td><td align='left'>A</td><td align='left'>T</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>M</td><td align='left'>A</td><td align='left'>N</td><td align='left'>U</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>O</td><td align='left'>T</td><td align='left'>U</td><td align='left'>S</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>No. 2.</h3> + +<p class="center">Cannibal.</p> + +<h3>No. 3.</h3> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="10%" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>R</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>S</td><td align='left'>E</td><td align='left'>W</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>R</td><td align='left'>E</td><td align='left'>B</td><td align='left'>E</td><td align='left'>L</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>W</td><td align='left'>E</td><td align='left'>B</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>L</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="10%" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>M</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>N</td><td align='left'>E</td><td align='left'>W</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>M</td><td align='left'>E</td><td align='left'>T</td><td align='left'>A</td><td align='left'>L</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>W</td><td align='left'>A</td><td align='left'>Y</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'></td><td align='left'>L</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>No. 4.</h3> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="10%" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>L</td><td align='center'>am</td><td align='right'>B</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>O</td><td align='center'>hi</td><td align='right'>O</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>N</td><td align='center'>es</td><td align='right'>S</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>D</td><td align='center'>en</td><td align='right'>T</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>O</td><td align='center'>d</td><td align='right'>O</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>N</td><td align='center'>u</td><td align='right'>N</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="center">London, Boston.</p> + +<h3>No. 5.</h3> + +<p class="center">Il n'y a que le premier pas qui coûte.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p class="center"><b>Answer to Hand and Windmill Puzzle in No. 46</b>—The first is a sponge, and +the second is a species of sea-anemone.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>ADVERTISEMENTS.</h2> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE.</h2> + +<p><span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span> will be issued every Tuesday, and may be had at +the following rates—<i>payable in advance, postage free</i>:</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Single Copies</span></td><td align='right'>$0.04</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">One Subscription</span>, <i>one year</i></td><td align='right'>1.50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Five Subscriptions</span>, <i>one year</i></td><td align='right'>7.00</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Subscriptions may begin with any Number. When no time is specified, it +will be understood that the subscriber desires to commence with the +Number issued after the receipt of order.</p> + +<p>Remittances should be made by POST-OFFICE MONEY ORDER or DRAFT, to avoid +risk of loss.</p> + +<h3>ADVERTISING.</h3> + +<p>The extent and character of the circulation of <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span> +will render it a first-class medium for advertising. A limited number of +approved advertisements will be inserted on two inside pages at 75 cents +per line.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">Address</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 30em;">HARPER & BROTHERS,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 35em;">Franklin Square, N. Y.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>Harper's New and Enlarged Catalogue,</h2> + +<p class="center">With a COMPLETE ANALYTICAL INDEX, add a VISITORS' GUIDE TO THEIR +ESTABLISHMENT,</p> + +<p class="center">Sent by mail on receipt of Nine Cents.</p> + +<h3>HARPER & BROTHERS, <span class="smcap">Franklin Square</span>, N. Y.</h3> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>COLUMBIA BICYCLE.</h2> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 150px;"> +<img src="images/ill_012.jpg" width="150" height="171" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>Bicycle riding is the best as well as the healthiest of out-door sports; +is easily learned and never forgotten. Send 3c. stamp for 24-page +Illustrated Catalogue, containing Price-Lists and full information.</p> + +<h3>THE POPE MFG. CO.,</h3> + +<h4>79 Summer St., Boston, Mass.</h4> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>CHILDREN'S</h2> + +<h2>PICTURE-BOOKS.</h2> + +<p class="center">Square 4to, about 300 pages each, beautifully printed on Tinted +Paper, embellished with many Illustrations, bound in Cloth, $1.50 +per volume.</p> + +<h3>The Children's Picture-Book of Sagacity of Animals.</h3> + +<p class="center">With Sixty Illustrations by <span class="smcap">Harrison Weir</span>.</p> + +<h3>The Children's Bible Picture-Book.</h3> + +<p class="center">With Eighty Illustrations, from Designs by <span class="smcap">Steinle</span>, <span class="smcap">Overbeck</span>, +<span class="smcap">Veit</span>, <span class="smcap">Schnorr</span>, &c.</p> + +<h3>The Children's Picture Fable-Book.</h3> + +<p class="center">Containing One Hundred and Sixty Fables. With Sixty Illustrations +by <span class="smcap">Harrison Weir</span>.</p> + +<h3>The Children's Picture-Book of Birds.</h3> + +<p class="center">With Sixty-one Illustrations by <span class="smcap">W. Harvey</span>.</p> + +<h3>The Children's Picture-Book of Quadrupeds and other Mammalia.</h3> + +<p class="center">With Sixty-one Illustrations by <span class="smcap">W. Harvey</span>.</p> + +<hr style='width: 25%;' /> + +<h3>Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.</h3> + +<h4>☞ <small>Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the United +States, on receipt of the price.</small></h4> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>The Child's Book of Nature.</h2> + +<hr style='width: 25%;' /> + +<p>The Child's Book of Nature, for the Use of Families and Schools: +intended to aid Mothers and Teachers in Training Children in the +Observation of Nature. In Three Parts. Part I. Plants. Part II. Animals. +Part III. Air, Water, Heat, Light, &c. By <span class="smcap">Worthington Hooker</span>, M.D. +Illustrated. The Three Parts complete in One Volume, Small 4to, Half +Leather, $1.12; or, separately, in Cloth, Part I., 45 cents; Part II., +48 cents; Part III., 48 cents.</p> + +<hr style='width: 25%;' /> + +<p>A beautiful and useful work. It presents a general survey of the kingdom +of nature in a manner adapted to attract the attention of the child, and +at the same time to furnish him with accurate and important scientific +information. While the work is well suited as a class-book for schools, +its fresh and simple style cannot fail to render it a great favorite for +family reading.</p> + +<p>The Three Parts of this book can be had in separate volumes by those who +desire it. This will be advisable when the book is to be used in +teaching quite young children, especially in schools.</p> + +<hr style='width: 25%;' /> + +<h3>Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.</h3> + +<h4>☞ <i>Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the +United States, on receipt of the price.</i></h4> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_728" id="Page_728">[Pg 728]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 363px;"><a name="THE_WOMBAT" id="THE_WOMBAT"></a> +<img src="images/ill_013.jpg" width="363" height="400" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE WOMBAT.</h2> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">A Mandarin owned a wombat</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">That grew so exceedingly fat</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">That, when it would laugh</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">'Twould most break in half,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 25em;">And tickle the soul of the cat.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><b>A Dog that could Cipher.</b>—The well-known English astronomer Dr. Huggins +had a mastiff that bore the name of Kepler. This dog possessed many rare +gifts, and amongst these was one which he was always ready to exercise +for the entertainment of visitors. At the close of luncheon or dinner +Kepler used to march into the room, and set himself down at his master's +feet. Dr. Huggins then asked him a series of arithmetical questions, +which the dog invariably solved without a mistake. Square roots were +extracted off-hand with the utmost readiness and promptness. If asked +what was the square root of nine, Kepler replied by three barks; or, if +the question were the square root of sixteen, by four. Then various +questions followed, in which much more complicated processes were +involved—such, for instance, as "Add seven to eight, divide the sum by +three, and multiply by two." To such a question as that Kepler gave more +consideration, and sometimes hesitated in making up his mind as to where +his barks ought finally to stop. Still, in the end, his decision was +always right. But how did he do it? may be asked. The solution is easily +furnished: the proper answer was unconsciously suggested to the dog by +his master. The wonderful fact is that Kepler had acquired the habit of +reading in his master's eye or countenance some indication that was not +known to Dr. Huggins himself. The case was one of the class which is +distinguished by physiologists as that of expectant attention. Dr. +Huggins was himself engaged in working out mentally the various stages +of his arithmetical processes as he propounded the numbers to Kepler, +and being, therefore, aware of what the answer should be, expected the +dog to cease barking when that number was reached, and that expectation +suggested to his own brain the unconscious signal which was caught by +the quick eye of the dog.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="SOLUTION_TO_SQUARE_PUZZLE_IN_No_46" id="SOLUTION_TO_SQUARE_PUZZLE_IN_No_46"></a>SOLUTION TO SQUARE PUZZLE IN No. 46.</h2> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 250px;"> +<img src="images/ill_014.jpg" width="250" height="264" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>Start with, your pencil from figure 1 and draw a line to 2, from there +to 3, and so on from number to number till you have completed the +figure.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="CHARADE" id="CHARADE"></a>CHARADE.</h2> + +<h3>BY H.</h3> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">Up in the air I'm lifted high</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">Above the worshippers below,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">Yet near their hearts I always lie,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">As reverently they come and go.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">I've many forms, like Proteus old,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">But tell forever the same tale;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">Men gaze, and see by me foretold</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">What sometimes makes their cheeks grow pale.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">And through my secret winding course</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">There ebbs and flows a mighty tide;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">Alas! what pangs of keen remorse</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">Are his who turns that stream aside!</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">Yet in the gay and festive throng</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">I am what many a maid may be,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">While in the pauses of the song</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">Her lover pleads his cause in me.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">Sometimes, a ship, I face the storm;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">Sometimes beneath the earth I bide,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">And then its beauty men deform</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">To find the secret that I hide.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">But in the air, or in the breast,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">Whate'er my form, like beast or bird,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 26em;">I keep my secret from the rest—</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 27em;">By man my voice is never heard.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>The quicksilver mines of Guancavelica, in Peru, are of a prodigious +depth. In their profound abysses are seen streets, squares, and a chapel +where religious mysteries are celebrated on all festivals. Thousands of +flambeaux are continually burning in it. The miners suffer terribly from +the mercurial vapors, which produce convulsions and paralysis. Thousands +of workmen were condemned to forced labor in these frightful +subterranean regions. These mines were discovered about 1566 by Henry +Garces, a Portuguese, who was one day examining a red earth used by the +Indians for making paint. He remembered that in Europe quicksilver was +extracted from cinnabar, and with this earth he made some experiments +which led to the opening of this mine.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_015.jpg" width="400" height="360" alt="QUACK!" title="" /> +<span class="caption">QUACK!</span> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_016.jpg" width="400" height="352" alt="QUACK! QUACK!" title="" /> +<span class="caption">QUACK! QUACK!</span> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_017.jpg" width="400" height="400" alt="QUACK! QUACK! QUACK!" title="" /> +<span class="caption">QUACK! QUACK! QUACK!</span> +</div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, OCT 5, 1880 *** + +***** This file should be named 29174-h.htm or 29174-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/1/7/29174/ + +Produced by Annie McGuire + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_001.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d805d80 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_001.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_002.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..72e8092 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_002.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_003.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0867d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_003.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_004.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..89d5192 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_004.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_005.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..846ed00 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_005.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_006.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_006.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5631493 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_006.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_007.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_007.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..25cc087 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_007.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_008.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_008.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f37a30 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_008.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_009.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_009.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..67a8c27 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_009.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_010.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_010.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3419ae0 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_010.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_011.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_011.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a235bc --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_011.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_012.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_012.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1691b33 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_012.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_013.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_013.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e473be8 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_013.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_014.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_014.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f92fde0 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_014.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_015.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_015.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce7cc01 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_015.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_016.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_016.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..76df97c --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_016.jpg diff --git a/29174-h/images/ill_017.jpg b/29174-h/images/ill_017.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cac14e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174-h/images/ill_017.jpg diff --git a/29174.txt b/29174.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20bf345 --- /dev/null +++ b/29174.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2630 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880 + An Illustrated Weekly + +Author: Various + +Release Date: June 20, 2009 [EBook #29174] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, OCT 5, 1880 *** + + + + +Produced by Annie McGuire + + + + + + + + +[Illustration: HARPER'S + +YOUNG PEOPLE + +AN ILLUSTRATED WEEKLY.] + + * * * * * + +VOL. I.--NO. 49. PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW YORK. PRICE FOUR +CENTS. + +Tuesday, October 5, 1880. Copyright, 1880, by HARPER & BROTHERS. $1.50 +per Year, in Advance. + + * * * * * + + + + +[Illustration: FRED'S PERILOUS ESCAPE.--DRAWN BY C. GRAHAM.] + +HANGING BY A THREAD. + +A Canadian Story. + +BY DAVID KER. + + +"Well, boys, what do you think of _this_ for a play-ground? Something +like, ain't it?" + +And well might Tom Lockyer say so. To be out in the woods on a fine +summer morning, with the whole day clear, is a pleasure which any boy +can appreciate, more especially such an active one as Master Tom; and he +and his two cousins had certainly enjoyed it to the utmost. Ever since +breakfast they had been scampering through the woods like wild-cats, +climbing trees, tearing through briers, scrambling up and down rocks, +chasing each other in and out of the thickets, and making the silent +forest ring with their shouts and laughter. + +Tom had good reason to remark, with a broad grin, that nothing was left +undamaged except their lunch bags; for all three were muddy from head to +foot, ragged as scarecrows, and so scratched that their hands and faces +looked just like railway maps done in red ink. But none the less were +they all fully persuaded that they had been enjoying themselves +immensely, and were quite ready to begin again as soon as they could +find breath to do so. + +"Here's the place for us to lunch, my boys!" cried Tom, flinging himself +down upon the soft turf that carpeted the summit of the ridge which they +had just climbed. "This is one of our best views, and you can feast your +eyes and teeth together." + +It was, indeed, a splendid "look-out place." The opposite face of the +ridge went sheer down to the edge of the river, which, narrowed at this +point to less than half its usual width by the huge black cliffs that +walled it in, went rushing and foaming through a succession of furious +rapids for nearly a quarter of a mile, plunging at length in one great +leap over a precipice of nearly a hundred feet--a perfect Niagara in +miniature. + +"I say, Tom, old fellow, didn't you tell us that you went canoeing along +this river every summer? You don't mean to say, surely, that you can +take a canoe over that water-fall?" + +"Not _exactly_," laughed Tom; "that _would_ be a little too much of a +good thing. Whenever we come to anything of this sort, we make a +portage, as the French boatmen say--carry our canoes round by land, and +then launch them again below the fall. There's a snug little path just +round the corner, and as soon as we're through with lunch we'll just go +down and look about us." + +Tom's "snug little path" proved to be very much like the stair of a +ruined light-house, and would have seemed to most people almost as bad +as going down the precipice itself. But Charlie and Harry Burton, though +new to the rocks of the Severn, had had plenty of climbing elsewhere, +while as for Tom himself, he could have scaled anything from a church +steeple to a telegraph pole. + +The view was certainly well worth the trouble. Just at the break of the +fall the stream was divided by a small rocky islet crested with half a +dozen tall pines, the "Goat Island" of this toy Niagara. In the few rays +of sunlight that struggled down into the gloomy gorge the rushing river +with its sheets of glittering foam, and the bright green ferns and +mosses that clung to the dark cliffs around, and the shining arch of the +fall itself, and the rocks starting boldly up in mid-stream, tufted with +clustering leaves, made a splendid picture. + +Close to the water's edge ran a kind of terrace, formed by the sliding +down of the softer parts of the cliff; and along this the three walked +till they came right abreast of the fall. + +"Hollo!" cried Harry, suddenly, "didn't you say that nobody ever shot +these rapids? Why, there's a fellow trying it now!" + +There, sure enough, as he pointed up the stream, appeared a canoe with a +single figure in it, shooting down the river like an arrow, and already +close upon the edge of the rapids. + +"Good gracious!" cried Tom, with a look of horror, "it's some fellow +being swept down by the stream! See, he's broken his paddle, and can't +help himself!" + +Instinctively all three sprang forward at once, although the doomed +voyager was manifestly beyond the reach of help. But even as they did +so, the crisis came. With one leap the boat was in the midst of the +rapids, banged to and fro like a shuttlecock by the white leaping waves, +amid which it appeared and vanished by turns, till a final plunge sent +it right toward the edge of the fall. + +The lookers-on turned away their faces; but all was not over yet. By a +lucky chance the boat's head had been turned straight toward the island, +upon which the current drove it with such force as to dash it in among +the sharp rocks, that pierced its sides and held it firm, while its +occupant was flung forward on his face among the bushes. + +"Phew!" said Tom, drawing a long breath, "what a shave! Ugh! wasn't it +horrid, just that last minute? I'm awfully glad he's got off." + +"But how's he to get ashore?" asked the practical Charlie. "It seems to +me he's in just as bad a fix as ever." + +Meanwhile the unlucky voyager had scrambled to his feet, and was staring +wildly about him. + +"Well, I declare!" exclaimed Tom, "if it isn't my old chum Fred Hope! +I'd no idea he was home again." + +"I don't think he sees us," said Harry; "let's give him a hail, just to +show him there's help at hand. I've heard my father say that if a +fellow's left long alone in a place like that he'll go crazy with the +fright and the motion of the water." + +Tom was not slow to take the hint. He sprang upon the bowlder behind +which they were standing, and, putting both hands to his mouth, shouted, +above the din of the water-fall, "Hollo, Fred, old boy! how goes it?" + +"Who-o's that?" answered a faint voice, tremulous with terror. + +"Why, don't you remember Tom Lockyer?" + +"Oh, Tom, is that you? Get me out of this somehow, if you can." + +"Never fear, old chap; we'll have you out in no time," replied Tom, +cheerily. + +"But how on earth are you going to do it?" whispered Harry, amazed at +his friend's confident tone. + +"Haven't the least idea, so far," answered the philosophic Tom, coolly; +"but it's got to be done _somehow_. If the worst comes to the worst, I +can always run home for help, while you two stay here and keep his +spirits up." + +"If we could only get a rope across," suggested Charlie. "He's got one +there, I know, for I saw it tumble out of the boat as she swamped; but +how are we to get at it?" + +"_I_ have it!" cried Tom, suddenly. "Fancy my not thinking of this old +sling of mine, when I've been using it all morning! I've read lots of +yarns about fellows sending messages by arrows: let's see if a stone +won't do just as well for once!" + +He produced a ball of twine from his pocket as he spoke, and fastened +one end of it firmly around a jagged stone which he had picked up. + +"See if you've got some more string, boys," said he; "perhaps this bit +won't be long enough." + +The cord was soon lengthened sufficiently, and Tom, bidding his comrades +keep a firm hold of the other end, mounted once more upon the bowlder, +and shouted, "Fred, ahoy!" + +"Hollo!" responded the islander, whose nerves were being rapidly +steadied by the prospect of help, and the sound of Tom's cheery voice. + +"We're going to chuck you a line: mind and be ready to catch it." + +"All right." + +The stone whizzed through the air, and splashed into the water on the +other side of the islet, while Fred promptly seized the cord attached to +it. + +"So far so good, as the hungry boy said when he got half way through the +pie," remarked Tom. "Now, old fellow, just knot the string to that rope +of yours, and the job's done." + +Fred obeyed at once, and the two Burtons hauled in. The rope, once +landed, was quickly made fast to the nearest tree, while Fred secured +_his_ end to one of the pines on the islet. The communication was +complete. + +"But what next?" asked Harry. "Do you expect the poor fellow to walk +ashore on that rope, like Blondin?" + +"Not quite," said Tom, laughing. "It's a case of Mohammed and the +mountain--if he don't come to me, I must just go to him. Here goes!" + +And, our hero, swinging himself up on to the rope, began to slide along +it, hand over hand, in true gymnastic style. + +Taut as the line was, it yielded a little with his weight, and he came +perilously near the water midway; but the rope held firm, and in another +moment he was safe upon the islet, shaking hands heartily with the +expectant Fred. + +"Mr. Robinson Crusoe, I presume?" said Tom, with a grin. "I'm the Man +Friday, at your service; and a nice little island we've got of it. Now, +old boy, there's your road open, and you've just seen the correct way to +travel it; so off with you, and show us the latest thing in gymnastics." + +"What, along _that rope_?" cried Fred, with a shudder which showed that +he had not quite shaken off his panic yet. "Ugh! I couldn't. The bare +sight of the fall below me would turn me sick; it looks just as if it +was watching for me to tumble in!" + +"Oh, if it's only the sight of the water that bothers you, _that's_ +easily settled," rejoined Tom, struck at that moment with a new and +brilliant idea. "I remember hearing a fellow spin a yarn once about how +he had escaped being ill at sea, by tying a handkerchief over his eyes +so that he couldn't see the jiggle-joggling of the water. If I blindfold +you, do you think you can manage it _then_?" + +"Ye-es--I should think I might," replied Fred, somewhat doubtfully. + +"Here you are, then," said the ever-ready Tom, producing a tattered red +handkerchief, with which he bandaged his friend's eyes most +scientifically. "Now, old boy, push along--think you're in for an +Athletic Cup, with a lot of ladies looking on!" + +The device worked wonders. Relieved from the disturbing sight of the +precipice and the rushing water, and hearing Tom's hearty voice behind +him, cheering him on, Fred went forward manfully; and he was quite +surprised to feel his outstretched wrist suddenly seized in a strong +grasp, and to hear the shouts of the Burtons proclaiming that he had got +safe to land. + +"Well done, our side!" shouted Tom, arriving a moment later. "That's +what I call blindman's-buff on a new principle, and no mistake!" + + + + +A STEAM-ENGINE OUT OF A TIN CAN. + +BY THE PROFESSOR. + + +Few boys seem to be aware of the entertainment they may obtain with a +soldering iron, a pair of shears, and a file. With them it is easy to +manufacture working models of machinery, and philosophical apparatus +almost without limit. Skill in the use of the iron is readily acquired +with a little practice. The quickest way to learn is to observe for a +few minutes a tinman at his work. A good-natured one, politely +approached, will quickly explain all the mysteries in the process, and +take pleasure in filling the office of teacher. For heating the iron, a +charcoal fire is generally preferred; a gas stove is also good; and even +a common coal fire can be made to answer. The first point is to make a +little of the melted solder stick to the point of the iron. For this +purpose the iron is filed bright about the point, to remove the oxide +and expose the clear metal; then the iron must be quickly applied to the +solder. If the heat is sufficient, the iron will get coated, and be +ready for use. The oxide has to be removed also from the surface of the +material that is to be united; it is the chief obstacle to successful +soldering, as the solder refuses to unite with anything but pure metal. +Sal ammoniac dissolved in water is good to cleanse off the oxide; better +still is muriatic acid, with a little zinc and sal ammoniac added. This +is known as the soldering mixture. + +One of the most convenient materials for use is common tin, which can be +obtained almost everywhere. A tin box can be melted apart, and cut into +any desired shape. Pipes to convey liquids, steam, or gas can be made by +cutting strips of the tin, and rolling them upon an iron rod. To make a +pipe, say, a quarter of an inch in diameter, get an iron rod of that +size, cut a strip of the tin about one inch wide, roll it upon the rod, +allowing the edges to lap a little. If the tin be not bright, make it so +by applying sal ammoniac with a small brush along the seam. Put on a +little powdered resin, and then solder neatly by drawing the heated +iron, with the solder clinging to it, over the joint. In this way a pipe +strong and tight is obtained; and such pipes can be joined to one +another indefinitely, in a straight line or at any angle. To unite them +in a straight line, pass the end of one into the end of the other before +soldering, or else wind an additional piece of tin over the two ends. To +make a turn, or elbow, file the ends on a bevel, or slant, bring them +together, and apply considerable solder for strength. If the solder be +rightly put on, it will hold surprisingly. + +[Illustration] + +A pretty device to illustrate the force of steam is shown in the +accompanying picture. The boiler is a simple tin can, which need not be +more than six inches high and four in diameter. To make the wheel, cut a +circle of tin two inches in diameter, and pieces for the buckets, shaped +as in the diagram. Bend each piece at right angles along the dotted +line, and solder them one after another on the circumference of the +wheel, which will then appear as in the picture. Bore a hole through the +centre, insert a piece of wire for a shaft, and solder it fast at right +angles to the wheel. File shoulders on the ends of the shaft, and mount +it in uprights fastened to the top of the boiler. Make a small opening +through the top of the boiler, and place over it a little spout in such +a position as to send a current of steam directly into the buckets of +the wheel. Make also a larger opening in or near the top of the boiler, +and surround it with a neck to receive a cork. Through this the water is +introduced. For this purpose a small funnel will be found convenient. + +When all is complete, the boiler may be filled about half full, and set +on a hot stove. When the water boils, the steam will emerge through the +spout, and propel the wheel. As the steam constantly escapes, no +explosion need be apprehended. To remove all possibility of creating too +much pressure, place the cork in the neck very lightly, so that it will +pop out if more steam is generated than can escape through the spout. +Then the miniature steam-engine and boiler may be regarded as harmless +as a tea-kettle. As the quantity of steam that can be produced is very +limited, care must be taken that there be no leaks, that the mouth of +the spout be quite small, and that the current of steam be discharged +accurately into the buckets. The bearings of the shaft should be oiled, +and everything arranged so that there will be the least possible +friction. Then the wheel may be expected to spin very rapidly. + + + + +[Begun in No. 46 of HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, September 14.] + +WHO WAS PAUL GRAYSON? + +BY JOHN HABBERTON, + +AUTHOR OF "HELEN'S BABIES." + + +Chapter IV. + +WHO WILL TELL? + +As Benny Mallow hid himself in a barn in the yard into which he had +jumped, he had only one distinct thought in his mind: he wished that the +Italian had never come to Laketon at all--never come to the United +States, in fact. He wished that the Italians had never heard of such a +place as America: if one of the race had to discover it, he need not +have gone and let his fellow-countrymen know all about it, so that they +should come over with organs and monkeys, and get boys into +trouble--boys that weren't doing a thing to that organ-grinder when he +threw a stick at them. What made the fellow go into the school yard, +anyway? No one asked him to come. Now there would be a fuss made, of +course; and if there was anything that Benny hated more than all other +things, it was a fuss. + +But what if the organ-grinder should really prove to be dead? Oh! that +would be too dreadful; all the boys would have to be hanged, to be sure +of punishing the murderer, just as the whole class was sometimes kept in +for an hour because something wrong had been done, and no one would tell +who did it. + +Benny could not bear the thought of so dreadful a termination to his +life, for he knew of a great deal worth living for; besides, his mother +would need his help as soon as he grew old enough to earn anything. What +should he do? Wait until dark, and then run away, and tramp off to the +West, where other runaway boys went, or should he make for the +sea-board, and from there to South America, from which country he had +heard that criminals could not be brought back? + +[Illustration: BENNY MALLOW IN THE BARN.] + +But first he ought to learn whether the man was really dead; it might +not be necessary to run away at all. But how should he find out? +Suddenly he remembered that Mr. Wardwell's barn, in which he was, had a +window opening on the alley; so he crept up into the loft, and spent +several moments in trying to look up the alley without putting his head +out of the window. Finally he partly hid his face by holding a handful +of hay in front of it, and peered out. Between the stalks of hay he was +delighted to see the organ-grinder on his feet, although two men were +helping him. They were not both men, either, Benny saw, after more +careful looking, for one of them was Paul Grayson; but the other--horror +of horrors--was Mr. Stott, a justice of the peace. Benny knew that +Justice Stott had sent many men to jail for fighting, and if Grayson +should tell who took part in the attack, Benny had not the slightest +doubt that half of Mr. Morton's pupils would be sent to jail too. + +This seemed more dreadful than the prospect of being hanged had done, +but it could be done more quickly. Benny determined at once that he must +find out the worst, and be ready for it, so he waited until the injured +man and his supporters had turned the corner of a street, and were out +of sight; then he bounded into the alley again, hurried home, seized a +basket that was lying beside the back door, and a moment later was +sauntering along the street, whistling, and moving in a direction that +seemed to be that in which he might manage to meet the three as if by +accident. He did not take much comfort out of his whistling, for in his +heart he felt himself to be the most shameful hypocrite that had existed +since the days of Judas Iscariot, and the recollection of having been +told by his Sunday-school teacher within a week that he was the best boy +in his class seemed to make him feel worse instead of better; and his +mind was not relieved of this unpleasant burden until at a shady corner +he came suddenly upon the organ-grinder and his supporters, when he +instantly exchanged his load for a new one. + +"Why, what's the matter, Paul?" asked Benny, with as much surprise in +his tone and manner as he could affect. + +Justice Stott had just gone into an adjacent yard for water for the +Italian, when Grayson answered, with a very sober face, "You know as +well as I do, Benny, and I saw the whole crowd." + +"I don't!" exclaimed Benny, in all the desperation of cowardice. "I +didn't do or see--" + +"Sh--h!" whispered Grayson, "the Justice is coming back." + +Benny turned abruptly and started for home. He felt certain that his +face was telling tales, and that Justice Stott would learn the whole +story if he saw him. There was one comfort, though: it was evident that +Grayson did not want the Justice to know that Benny had taken part in +the affair. + +There was a great deal of business transacted by the boys of Laketon +that night. How it all was managed no one could have explained, but it +is certain that before bed-time every boy who had taken part in the +assault on the Italian knew that the man was not dead, but had merely +been stunned and cut by a stone; that Paul Grayson knew who were of the +party that chased the man up the alley. Various plans of getting out of +trouble were in turn suggested and abandoned; but several boys for a +long time insisted that the only chance of safety lay in calling Grayson +out of his boarding-house, and threatening him with the worst whipping +that the boys, all working together, could give. Even this idea was +finally abandoned when Will Palmer suggested that as Grayson boarded +with the teacher, and seemed to be in some sort a friend of his, he +probably would already have told all he knew if he was going to tell at +all. Some consolation might have been got out of a report of Benny's +short interview with Grayson, had Benny thought to give it, but he had, +on reaching home, promptly feigned headache, and gone to bed; so such of +the boys as did not determine to play truant, and so postpone the evil +day, thought bitterly of the morrow as they dispersed to their several +homes. + +There was not as much playing as usual in the school yard next morning, +and when the class was summoned into school the teacher had no +difficulty in discovering, by the looks of the various boys, who were +innocent and who guilty. Immediately after calling the roll Mr. Morton +stood up, and said: + +"Boys, a great many of you know what I am going to talk about. Usually +your deeds done out of school hours are not for me to notice; but the +cowardly, shameful treatment of that organ-grinder began in the school +yard, and before you had gone to your homes, so I think it my duty to +inquire into the matter. Justice Stott thinks so too. When any one has +done a wrong that he can not amend, the only manly course is to confess. +I want those boys who followed the organ-grinder up the alley to stand +up." + +No boy arose. Benny Mallow wished that some one would give the bottom of +his seat a hard kick, so that he would have to rise in spite of himself, +but no one kicked. + +"Be honest, now," said Mr. Morton. "I have been a boy myself; I have +taken part in just such tricks. I know how bad you feel, and how hard it +is to confess; but I give you my word that you will feel a great deal +better after telling the truth. I will give you one minute more before I +try another plan." + +Mr. Morton took out his watch, and looked at it; the boys who had not +been engaged in the mischief looked virtuously around them, and the +guilty boys looked at their desks. + +"Now," exclaimed Mr. Morton, replacing his watch in his pocket. "Stand +up like men. Will none of you do it?" + +Benny Mallow whispered, "Yes, sir," but the teacher did not hear him; +besides, Benny made no effort to keep his word, so his whispering +amounted to nothing. + +"Grayson," said Mr. Morton, "come here." + +Bert Sharp, who sat near the front of the room, where the teacher could +watch him, edged to the end of his seat, so as to be ready to jump up +and run away the moment Grayson told--if he dared to tell. Most of the +other boys found their hearts so high in their throats that they could +not swallow them again, as Grayson, looking very white and +uncomfortable, stepped to the front. + +"Grayson," said the teacher, "I have known you for many months: have I +ever been unkind to you?" + +"No, sir," replied Grayson; then he wiped his eyes; seeing which Bert +Sharp thought he might as well run now as later, for boys who began by +crying always ended by telling. + +"You saw the attack made on the Italian; Justice Stott says you admitted +as much to him. Now I want you to tell me who were of the party." + +"May I speak first, sir?" asked Grayson. + +"Yes," said the teacher. + +"Boys," said Grayson, half facing the school, "you all hate a tell-tale, +and so do I. Do you think it the fair thing to hold your tongues and +make a tell-tale of me?" + +[Illustration: "MR. MORTON, I WAS THERE."] + +Grayson looked at Will Palmer as he spoke, but Will only looked sulky in +return; then Grayson looked at Benny Mallow, and Benny was fast making +up his mind that he would tell rather than have his friend do it, when +up stood Bert Sharp and said, + +"Mr. Morton, I was there." + +"Bravo, Sharp!" exclaimed the teacher. "Grayson, you may take your +seat. Sharp, step to the front. Now, boys, who is man enough to stand +beside Sharp?" + +"I am," piped Benny Mallow, and he almost ran in his eagerness. + +"It's no use," whispered Will Palmer to Ned Johnston, and the two boys +went to the front together; then there was a general uprising, and a +scramble to see who should not be last. + +"Good!" exclaimed Mr. Morton, looking at the culprits and then about the +school-room; "I believe you're all here. I'm proud of you, boys. You did +a shameful thing in attacking a harmless man, but you have done nobly by +confessing. I can not let you off without punishment, but you will +suffer far less than you would have done by successfully concealing your +fault. None of you are to go out at recess next week. Now go to your +seats. Sharp, you may take any unoccupied desk you like. After this I +think I can trust you to behave yourself without being watched." + +The boys had never before seen Sharp look as he did as he walked to a +desk in the back of the room and sat down. As soon as the bell was +struck for recess Grayson hurried over to Sharp, and said, + +"You helped me out of a terrible scrape, do you know it?" + +"I'm glad of it," said Sharp. "And that isn't all; I wish I could think +of something else to own up to." + +[TO BE CONTINUED.] + + + + +THREE YOUNG HAWKS. + +BY F. M. M. + + +One bright summer afternoon Bob and I slipped away from the other boys +as soon as school was out, and went gayly down the road that led to the +big bridge. + +We were going birdnesting, and were determined to add something handsome +this time to the collection of eggs that we had been gathering since +spring. + +The bobolinks knew us perfectly well; and you would have thought by the +way they rose out of the meadows on each side of the road, and sang as +if they were too happy for anything, that they were delighted to see us. +Not a bit of it. Their singing was meant to attract our attention, and +give the Mrs. Bobolinks time to glide through the tall grass, and then +rise up so far away from their nests that we would not know where to +look for them. We were not after their eggs, however, for we had all the +bobolinks' eggs we wanted, carefully blown and laid away in our +collection. Sharp as Mr. Bobolink was, we knew all his tricks, and had +outwitted him often. + +"Where shall we go, Bob?" said I. "We haven't been to see whether that +cedar-bird's nest down by the river has any eggs in it yet." + +"Oh, bother the cedar-bird! we can attend to his case any day. Let's go +through the bushes on the other side of the meadow, and then down to the +big bridge. We haven't been to the hill where the old dead tree is for +ever so long." + +"All right," said I; so we climbed the fence, crossed the meadow, and +plunged into the bushes, watching every bush, and listening to every +noise. Suddenly we heard a rustling of wings, and then a mournful cry +like the wail of a lost kitten. + +"Now, Bob, look sharp," I exclaimed; "there's a cat-bird's nest in here, +and Fred Sprague asked me to get an egg for him the first time I came +across any." + +The old bird was fluttering from bush to bush, continually "mewing," and +seeming to be in great distress. "There's the nest, Jack," cried Bob, +pointing to a mass of twigs on the top of a tall bush. "You stand +underneath and hold your hat to catch the eggs if they fall, and I'll +bend down the branch." + +The cat-bird was now in a terrible state of mind, and flew around our +heads scolding at a great rate. We told her that we only meant to take +one egg, but she wasn't a bit satisfied with our explanation. + +Down came the bush as Bob carefully bent it, and presently we could see +into the nest, where four beautiful eggs were lying. We took one of them +out, and let the branch slowly up again; but the cat-bird did not seem +at all grateful. + +"Let's blow the egg now," said I; "'twill be easier to carry. Have you +got a pin with you?" + +Bob gave me a pin, with which I made a little hole in each end of the +egg. Then putting one end to my lips, I blew gently and steadily, until +out came the clear white and then the yellow yolk, leaving the empty +shell as light as a feather. Wrapping the egg in cotton, and placing it +in a little pasteboard box that I took from my pocket, I felt certain +that I could carry it home safely. + +We found no more nests in the bushes, and after a while Bob said: "Let's +make a bee-line for the bridge, and see if there's anything in that dead +tree." + +So we came back to the road, crossed the bridge, and went to the foot of +a great dead elm-tree that stood on the side hill a little way from the +river. It must have been struck by lightning, for it was nothing but a +shell, and a long blackened crack reached from the top nearly to the +bottom of it. + +"I don't believe there's as much as a wasp's nest in there," said I. + +"We'll see, anyway," replied Bob. "I'll fire a stone at that hole up by +the top, and you stand back and watch if anything comes out." + +Bob could throw a stone straighter than any other boy in school. He hit +the trunk of the tree close by the hole, and in an instant something +darted out with a loud whir, and vanished over the tree-tops. + +"Bob," cried I, "that was a hawk." + +"Hawks don't build in holes," replied Bob. "Perhaps it was an eagle." + +"Eagles don't build in holes either," said I; "but I read yesterday that +the pigeon-hawk does build in old dead trees." + +"Then that's a pigeon-hawk sure enough," exclaimed Bob. "And there she +is, sailing round in a circle, and watching us. What won't the boys say +when they see us bringing home a lot of hawks' eggs?" + +"That's all very well; but who's going to climb the tree?" + +"You are," said Bob. "You know you're the best climber. The hole isn't +more than thirty feet from the ground." + +I was ready enough to climb, and pulled off my jacket at once; but I +could not get my arms around the tree, and the lowest branch was a dozen +feet from the ground. + +"I tell you what we'll do," exclaimed Bob. "Let's get a fence rail, and +lean it against the tree. I'll boost you, and when you get on the end of +the rail, you can reach that branch." + +We selected the longest and knottiest rail we could find, and leaned it +up against the tree. Then Bob boosted me, while he kept his foot at the +end of the rail to prevent it from slipping. By this means I managed to +reach the lower branch, and seat myself on it. + +"All right so far," said I; "but, Bob, the next branch is beyond my +reach, and I don't see how in the world I'm going to get any higher." + +"Jack," replied Bob, in a solemn tone, "you've got to do it. There's a +hawk's nest up there, and we're bound to have it." + +After making a good many trials, I found that by putting one hand in the +big crack of the tree I could get a hold that would support me, and +by-and-by I found myself standing on the upper branch, with one arm +around the trunk, and the hole within my reach. + +"Now," cried Bob, "don't waste any time, but go for those eggs, or we +won't get home before dark." + +He looked very cool and comfortable on the ground, while I was standing +in a very ticklish place, and was afraid that the dead limb might give +way at any moment. I didn't very much like to put my hand into the hole, +for how did I know but that there might be a big snake in it? However, +it had to be done, so in went my hand. Something hit it a vicious dig, +and you can be sure that I pulled it out in a hurry. To tell the truth, +I was badly frightened for a minute, and nearly lost my balance. Then it +flashed on me that the eggs we were in search of were young birds. + +"Bob!" I shouted, "there are young ones!" + +"Hooray!" cried Bob. "That's better yet. Throw 'em down, and I'll catch +'em in my hat." + +Much as I hated to do it, I thrust in my hand again, and out came a +young hawk, biting, scratching, and screaming. I didn't hold it long, +but in less time than you can say "Jack Robinson," down it went into +Bob's hat. + +Just as I threw down the third and last bird I heard Bob shout, "Look +out! the old one's coming." Then something hit me on all sides of my +head at once, just as if half a dozen school-teachers were boxing my +ears at the same time. I put up my hands to defend my eyes, lost my +balance, and, crash!-- I didn't know anything more for the next five +minutes. + +When I came to myself Bob was dashing water in my face by the hatful. I +could just manage to say, "Don't drown me." + +"Then you're not dead!" exclaimed Bob. "You gave me an awful scare. Why, +I couldn't make you speak a word. Don't ever go and do it again." + +"I'm not dead yet, Bob, but it was a pretty ugly fall, wasn't it? Where +are the young hawks?" + +"Oh, they're all right. I've got 'em tied up in my handkerchief. Try and +see if you can stand up." + +I did try, but the minute I bore my weight on my right ankle such a +sharp pain went through it that down I fell, and fainted away again. + +When I came to, the second time, I heard a man say, "Guess we'd better +carry him right down to the house, and get the doctor to 'tend to him." +Bob had gone to a farm-house near by, and had brought two men to help +him take care of me. + +"I'm all right now," said I, "except my ankle, and I guess Bob can wheel +me home in a wheelbarrow." + +"I'll wheel you myself," said one of the men. "You've done a good job +breaking up that there hawks' nest, and I owe you something for it." + +You'd better believe that the boys stared when they saw Farmer Jones +wheeling me home, and Bob carrying three young hawks in his +handkerchief. I felt pretty proud, but was laid up for three weeks with +my sprained ankle, and I made up my mind that the next time I meddled +with a hawk's nest, I'd shoot the old hawk first. + + + + +OLD TIMES IN THE COLONIES. + +BY CHARLES CARLETON COFFIN. + + +No. VII. + +JOHN STARK AND THE INDIANS. + +In April, 1752, David Stinson, Amos Eastman, William and John Stark, +paddled up the Merrimac River in canoes. Just above the junction of the +Contoocook River with the Merrimac they passed the last log-cabin. From +thence all the way to Canada there was not a white man. They made their +way forty miles farther, entered a little stream now known as Baker's +River, winding through a beautiful valley, built a camp, and set their +traps to catch beaver, which were building their dams along the brooks. + +There had been war between France and England, but peace had been agreed +upon, and the Indians, who had been on the side of France, came from +Canada and traded with the settlers along the frontier; but the settlers +were ever on the watch, fearing an outbreak of hostilities at any +moment. + +The young hunters discovered some tracks in the woods, which had been +made by Indians. + +"The red-skins are about," they said. + +It was agreed that it would be best to take up their traps and leave +quietly, for the Indians claimed the whole country as their hunting +ground. John Stark went out from the camp to take up his traps, when he +found himself confronted by several Indians, who made him their +prisoner. They had come from the village of St. Francis, in Canada, to +Lake Memphremagog, brought their canoes across the divide between the +lake and Connecticut River, and had descended that stream to the present +town of Haverhill, in New Hampshire, and were on their way to plunder +the settlements on the Merrimac. They did not know that John Stark had +any companions near at hand, nor did he inform them. + +"Why is John gone so long?" was the question asked by the others. + +"Perhaps he is lost. Let us fire a gun." + +The report of a gun echoed through the forest. + +The Indians' eyes twinkled. There were more prisoners to be had. They +stole through the woods with John, and came upon his three companions. +Eastman was on shore, his brother William and Stinson in the boat. The +Indians seized Eastman. + +"Pull to the other shore," shouted John. + +[Illustration: "CRACK! CRACK! WENT THE GUNS OF THE INDIANS."] + +Crack! crack! went the guns of the Indians. Stinson fell dead, and a +bullet split the paddle in the hands of John's brother, who leaped to +the other bank, and escaped. Crack! crack! went the guns again, but he +was so far away that they did not harm him. The Indians, enraged at +William's escape, gave John a whipping; but instead of whining, he +laughed in their faces. They gathered up the hunters' beaver-skins, took +their guns and traps, piled them upon John and Eastman, and started for +their canoes, greatly pleased with their luck. The Indians divided, one +party going over the Green Mountains with the furs which they had +captured, going to Albany, where they could get better prices than in +Canada, and the other, with John and Eastman, going up the Connecticut +to Lake Memphremagog, descending the St. Francis River to their village +on the St. Lawrence. + +It was a wearisome journey, and John had a heavy pack to carry, but he +was young, strong, brave, and was not in the least down-hearted. He did +not think that the Indians would harm him; they could do better--sell +him to the French. + +The Indian town of St. Francis was a collection of miserable cabins and +wigwams. The Jesuit fathers had been among the tribe for many years, and +had won their confidence; had converted them to Christianity; that is, +the Indians had been baptized; they counted their beads, and mumbled a +few prayers that the priests had taught them; but they had learned +nothing of the justice, mercy, or love pertaining to the Christian +religion. They were the same blood-thirsty creatures that they had +always been, and were happiest when killing and scalping the defenseless +settlers. + +The whole population--warriors, squaws, and children--came out to +welcome the returning party. True, the French and English were not at +war; neither were the English at war with the Indians; but what of that? +Had they not made war on their own account? There was no one to rebuke +them, for were not the English always considered as their enemies? + +The Indians of St. Francis always made their prisoners run the gauntlet. +It is not quite certain what the word comes from, but it means running +between two files of men armed with sticks and clubs, each Indian to +give the runner a whack as he passes. + +The Indians, squaws, children, and all, paraded in two lines about four +feet apart. Eastman was the older, and was the first to run. Whack! +whack! went the sticks and clubs, beating him black and blue. + +"Your turn now," said an Indian to John. + +He is thirty years old, tall, broad-shouldered, his muscles like springs +of steel. He has an iron will, and is quick to think and act. + +The Indians grasp their cudgels more firmly to give him a good drubbing. +What fun it will be to bring them down upon his broad shoulders, and see +him cringe! + +John comes upon the run. Quick as a flash he seizes the cudgel in the +hands of the first Indian, swings it about his head with the strength of +a giant. Whack! it goes upon the skull of one, whack! again upon the +forehead of the Indian opposite, knocking them right and left. The next +two catch it, the third and fourth. They go down as the Philistines fell +before Samson. His blows fall so fast that the Indians take to their +heels: he breaks up the gauntlet, and marches over the ground like a +conqueror. The Indians, instead of punishing him, are greatly pleased. + +It is midsummer, and the corn which the Indians have planted needs +hoeing. They take him into the field, put a hoe into his hands to work +with the squaws. + +"You hoe corn," they say. John Stark hoe corn for the Indians! Not he. +He cuts up weeds and corn alike, giving a few strokes, doing what damage +he can, and then flings the hoe into the river. + +"Squaws hoe corn. Braves fight," he says. + +Do they beat him? On the contrary, they pat him on the shoulder. + +"Bono! bono!" (good! good!) they say. + +The Indians look down upon work as degrading. They make their wives do +all the drudgery. Women were made to work, men to fight. To humiliate +their prisoners they put them to work, degrading them to the condition +of women. John Stark understood their character, and acted accordingly, +and his captors were so delighted that they wanted him to become an +Indian. + +"We make you chief," they said. + +"You be my son. I give you my daughter," said the chief. + +But John Stark had no idea of becoming an Indian. Nevertheless, he kept +his eyes and ears open. He studied their ways. They showed him how to +follow a trail over the dead leaves of the forest--how the leaves would +be rustled here and there, turned up at the edges, or pressed down a +little harder where men had set their feet. He saw what cowards they +were unless the advantage was all on their side, and how wily they were +to steal upon their enemies. He picked up a little of their language. He +was ready to go with them upon a deer-hunt; but as for working, he would +not. + +Little did the Indians think that they were teaching one who would turn +all his knowledge to good account against them a few years later; that +when they were showing him how to follow a trail they were teaching him +to trace their own footsteps; that when the time came he would pay them +off roundly for having taken him prisoner. + +He was so brave, resolute, stout-hearted, and strong that they set a +much higher value upon him than upon his comrade Eastman; for when their +friends sent money to Montreal to ransom them, they asked only sixty +dollars for Eastman, while John had to pay one hundred. So much for +being brave! The money was paid, and the two men were sent to Montreal, +and from there to Albany. As they came through Lake Champlain, John +Stark looked out upon scenes with which he was to become familiar in +after-years, and which we shall read about at another time. + + + + +[Illustration: THE RIVALS.] + + + + +LIL'S FUN. + +BY MRS. W. J. HAYS. + + +"Boys have the best of it always!" said Lil, flinging herself in the +hammock with a sigh, as she saw her two brothers, several cousins, and +their comrades, in battered hats, turned-up trousers, and dingiest of +jackets, going down through the maples with their fishing-poles over +their shoulders. + +"I think so too," said Ollie, spreading out her dainty dress, and +picking a daring grasshopper off her silk stocking. "It's just too mean +that we can't have some fun. They say we are always in the way, that we +can't even bait our own hooks--it _is_ horrid to stick those nasty worms +on!--but I can catch fish as well as any one, and if boys are around, +why shouldn't they make themselves useful? And they say we scream so, +and make such a fuss about every thing," went on Ollie, in the same +injured tone. + +"Everything is better for boys than for girls. All the stories are +written for them; they can ride, and drive, and play ball, and swim, and +skate, and--" + +"Lil! Lillie!" called a soft sweet voice, "are you in the sun? Your +complexion will be ruined." + +"There! didn't I say so?" was the somewhat incoherent reply. "Isn't it +always the way? See how we are watched: don't go in the sun, you'll be +burned; don't do this, don't do that--all because you're a girl. I'm +tired of it.--Aunt Kit, I'm not in the sun.--I wish I was," was added +_sotto voce_. + +"Country girls' mothers are not so particular," said Ollie. "Look at +those Pokeby girls in their calicoes; they climb trees like monkeys, and +they have lots of good times." + +"Let's go over and see them; it is not far. Come, Ollie." + +"In my new dotted mull and silk stockings?" cried Ollie, in amazement. +"Aunt Kit won't let us." + +"See if she don't;" and Lil bounced out of the hammock, and into the +house, where in the cool darkness of a shaded parlor sat a slender lady, +with a pile of flosses in her lap, and a graceful basket in her hands, +which she was ornamenting. "Aunt Kit, I have come to ask a favor. We are +just bored to death doing nothing." + +"Lil, how can you use such an expression? I am shocked. You are really +getting very careless in your use of words." + +"Well, then, excuse me, but it's the truth all the same. Ollie and I +want some fun; the boys wouldn't take us fishing, and now I want you to +let us put on some old duds and go over to the Pokebys'. We will promise +to come home to tea, we will be as prim as prunes afterward, and I'll +play two extra exercises to-morrow, and learn three pages of French. Now +you can't say no; there's every reason for saying yes, and you will have +a nice quiet time all day, without being bothered. Please--that's a +darling!" and she smothered her retreating relative with kisses. + +After some hesitation, and after many protestations that they would +remember every charge given them, the girls received permission to go to +the farm. + +"I never was more surprised in my life," said Ollie, as, after donning +plainer attire, she and Lil started out. "Now I am going in for a day's +fun." + +"What are you going to do?" + +"Everything. When I get hold of Clara Pokeby--There she is now!" + +"Oh, Clara!" broke out both girls at once, "we have come to spend the +afternoon, if we may. Is it convenient?" + +"I'll ask mother," said the quiet little maid, with a sincerity which +somewhat dampened Lil's ardor. + +They were joined in a few moments more by two other girls, each a year +older and an inch higher; and now Lil, having an audience, began to +talk, as they left the orchard where they had met, and from which they +were walking to the farm-house, which peered out from its thicket of +lilac-bushes, syringas, and overhanging maples. She was waxing eloquent +over her dissatisfaction with boarding-house amusements, the boys' +neglect, and her aunt's strictness, when they reached the door, and +Clara made known her wishes to her mother. + +Mrs. Pokeby had heard the conclusion of Lil's speech, and a smile was +dancing around the corners of her mouth. + +"A little more work and a little less play would be my remedy, Miss +Lil." But seeing the girl looked somewhat crest-fallen, she said, +kindly: "Come in, come in, all of you, and welcome. If you can wait till +my girls have helped me a little, you may have all the fun you can make +for yourselves." + +The farm kitchen was a very spacious room, and Lil and Ollie thought it +ever so much nicer than the one in their city house. The dresser was +filled with shining tins, the cupboard with blue china enough to stock +two or three cabinets, the floor was white as the fine sand could make +it, and the bunches of sweet herbs perfumed the room so pleasantly that +bees had evidently mistaken the place for a branch of the flower garden +by the way they flitted in and out. + +Lil and Ollie sat down to watch Mrs. Pokeby, who was preparing to bake; +but in a trice both had on aprons, and were busily assisting Clara and +her sisters. It was so nice to be trusted to break and beat eggs, to +sift flour, to wash currants, and weigh sugar. They whipped the eggs +till they looked like snow, they made the creamy butter dissolve in the +sparkling sugar, they tasted and tried the consistency of the cake, they +buttered the pans, and watched the oven. Mrs. Pokeby even let them mould +some biscuits, and spread the paste over pie plates, and drop in the +luscious fruit. So intent were they in their occupation that they hardly +noticed the lengthening shadows, and heard Clara Pokeby say it was time +to be off if they were going anywhere to play. + +"Oh, wouldn't it be nice to give the boys a supper?--a supper all cooked +by ourselves?" said Lil, with a sudden inspiration. + +"Jolly enough," said Ollie. + +"And have it in the woods," said Clara. "Do you know where they have +gone?" she asked. + +"Yes, they were to fish in Black Creek--down where we gathered +pond-lilies last week." + +"That is not too far. Mother, may we do it?" + +"To be sure. You may have a share of everything we have made. Let me +see, there's an apple-pie, a pan of biscuit-- I can whip up some +corn-bread--" + +"Oh, please let me do it," said Lil. + +No sooner said than done. Again they went to work. By the time the +corn-bread was finished, Mrs. Pokeby had packed the baskets. Lil had +looked about fifty times in the oven, and fifty times more at the +receipt-book, to see if she had followed the instructions properly, +while Clara and Ollie and the other girls had provided glasses and +spoons and napkins. + +"Now we are all ready--come on, girls," was at last the order issued by +Lil, and away they went. Mr. Pokeby gave them a lift on the empty +hay-cart, and carried the heaviest basket to the woods. They chose a +lovely spot, grassy and smooth, not far from the path where the boys +would have to pass. They could hear their voices now, and the occasional +splash of an oar. They spread out their table-cloth, made a fire, and +Lil said she was going to scramble some eggs; meanwhile Ollie and Clara +could be on the watch to secure the guests. + +It was a delightful afternoon, and a cool breeze was fluttering the +grasses. The water of the creek reflected the overhanging boughs in its +dark surface, water-spiders were spinning their little whirls, crickets +were singing, and swallows had begun their evening hunt. + +The boys, tired and hungry, pushed their boat up on the bank. One or two +were elated with their success, and had quite a string of fish to show; +the others, disappointed, had been arguing as to their want of luck, and +had subsided into silence. + +"Whew!" said Lil's brother Charlie; "I smell something good; wish I was +home; awful hungry. How is it with you, Ted?" + +"Voracious." + +"And you, Sam?" + +"Tired as that trout I chased and didn't kill." + +"My! how gamy you are!" + +Here the group came to a sudden halt. Two small maids appeared from the +woods, and making a profound courtesy to Charlie as leader, began a +speech. + +"Those bothersome girls again!" whispered Billy Brittain. + +"The Misses Pokeby and the Misses Sinclair have the honor to--to-- Oh, +Clara, what was I to say?" asked Ollie, blushing tremendously. + +"Cut it short, please; we're so hungry," put in Charlie. + +"Well, I will. We want you boys to come and get some supper which _we_ +have prepared for you--a sort of picnic, you know." + +The boys gave a shout, flung down their traps, and made for the water to +wash hands and faces, only Ted looked ruefully at his string of fish. + +"What is the matter, Ted?" said Lil, coming up, with her face all +flushed from being over the fire. + +"Why, I was wishing we could have some of these for supper; but it's no +matter, after all." + +"Oh yes, it is. If you'll scrape and fix them, I can put them in the +frying-pan in a jiffy." + +So Ted went to work with a will. + +Never had the boys tasted anything half so nice as that supper; they ate +till they could eat no more. Lil scrambled eggs, and fried fish, and +made tea, till Ollie insisted upon it that she should sit down and be +served like a princess. Then they sang, and danced, and played games +till Mrs. Pokeby and Miss Sinclair came after them, and carried them all +home in Mr. Pokeby's big wagon. + +"Really I never had more fun in my life," said Lil to Mrs. Pokeby, as +they bade her good-by at the farm gate; "and I am so much obliged to you +for letting us give that supper, though the getting it ready was the +best part." + +"That's because you seasoned it." + +"What with?" asked Lil, wondering. + +"With work--actual work." + +"Do you think so? Perhaps that's the reason boys have such good times." + +"I dare say." + + + + +[Begun in HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE No. 47, September 21.] + +"MOONSHINERS." + +BY E. H. MILLER. + + +CHAPTER III. + +CONNY REPAYS THE DOCTOR'S KINDNESS. + +But before the mountains were quite bare there came a time when even +Conny ceased to interest the family, for Joe was coming home from +college. Joe, the handsome young student, whom father, mother, Betty, +and the servants all agreed to worship. He was to bring with him a +friend, and from garret to cellar the whole house was astir to do them +honor. + +Conny was in the kitchen, polishing the silver, and listening to Biddy's +raptures. "Sure, thin, Conny, and it's a young gintleman ye'll be seein' +as there isn't the likes in ahl this miserable coontry, bad luck till +it!" + +"Is he like the master?" asked Conny. + +"Indade, thin, I couldn't be sayin' whidder it's likest the masther or +the misthress he is. Tahl an' straight, an' sooch a look in the two eyes +of 'im." + +"Conny," said the doctor, coming to the door, "I am obliged to go to +Hampton to see a very sick man. You will have to go for Master Joe and +the other gentleman to-night." + +"Yes, sir," said Conny, well pleased with the commission. + +"Be sure you start in season. Put Doll into the sulky, and lead Prince +behind. The young gentlemen can drive themselves back, unless Joe +chooses to ride Prince. He was always such a boy for a horse!" + +The doctor's rugged face softened, as it always did at the thought of +his boy, and it was no small self-denial to go away to the bedside of +some poor old wreck of humanity, delaying for hours the delight of +greeting his prince. + +Early in the afternoon Conny started on his long ride of ten miles to +meet the young gentlemen at Kilbourne, the nearest railroad station. It +was almost November, but the blue haze of the Indian summer hung over +the landscape, and the air was warm and mellow with sunshine. Any eye +but Conny's would have said that the long mountain gorges, and the +thickly wooded glens into which they opened, were deserted of all life +save the squirrels and a few wood birds, but Conny heard a hawk's note +from above the cliff, and caught sight of a man silently watching him +from behind a mossy log. He laughed a little to himself to think how +often he had played the spy in that very hollow, watching to see who +came or went from Kilbourne, and then with a word started Doll into a +quicker pace. He was at Kilbourne in ample time to meet his passengers, +and, as the doctor had anticipated, Joe decided that he would ride +Prince, as he had so often done before, while Conny should take his +friend Douglass in the sulky. + +The brief sunshine was already vanishing when they started, and the +warmth rapidly leaving the frosty air. Douglass wrapped himself closely +in his cloak, and Master Joe was glad to start Prince into a brisk +canter. Almost without warning the night shut down, and they found the +deeper cuts among the mountains quite dark. Doll was a swift traveller, +and old Prince could not keep up his pace, so Master Joe gradually fell +back, and kept near the sulky, exchanging words with his friend, and +plying Conny with questions about home. + +"We shall soon be there now," he said, as they entered a narrow gorge. +"We really ought to show you some sort of an adventure, Douglass, to +give the proper spice to your first visit to the mountains. If it was +summer, now, we could get something terrific in the shape of a storm, +and slide a few rods of road down the mountain, or pile up the track +with big trees and rocks." + +"I should fancy it was just the kind of place for banditti," said his +friend; "and I am sure some of those fellows we saw at the station look +as if they would take naturally to that sort of life." + +They were driving slowly, and at that moment a strange, shrill cry went +wavering up from below them. + +"That's a murderous voice for a bird," said Douglass. + +"It's a hawk. I fancy," said Master Joe; "you often hear it among the +mountains, though I've never been able to find the fellow.-- What's +wrong, Conny?" for Conny had stopped Doll so suddenly that Prince bumped +his nose on the sulky. + +Alas for Conny! He knew well enough what that cry meant. It was a +warning sent up to some one at the rocky pass above, to say that danger +was coming up the mountain. He remembered in an instant that old Timothy +had said there were stories of government officers in disguise spying +about Dunsmore, and that the moonshiners would make it uncomfortable for +them if they crossed their tracks. + +No dream of fear for himself came to his mind, but how should he save +Master Joe? for he knew more than even old Timothy guessed of the +lawless and desperate characters among the mountains. + +"Master Joe," said he, quickly, "would you mind changing with me a bit? +I'm lighter weight to carry, and I'll go on to let old Timothy know. +He'd be vexed not to be ready with his lantern." + +[Illustration: "CONNY WENT SPINNING AWAY IN THE DUSK."] + +Joe was quite ready for the exchange. It was many months since he had +tried the saddle, and an hour of it was quite enough to satisfy him; so +he settled back comfortably in the seat, while Conny went spinning away +in the dusk, as if old Prince had suddenly renewed his youth. They heard +the hoof-clicks on the hard road growing fainter in the distance, and +then the sharp ring of a rifle that woke a thousand echoes among the +hills. + +Douglass started, but Joe laughed. + +"Your banditti are putting in an appearance." + +"Attacking an unfortunate rabbit, I suppose," said Douglass, bravely. + +Neither of them guessed what had really happened. When Conny rode at +full speed into Hemlock Glen he had hardly a plan as to what he should +do, but the next instant a bullet struck him in the shoulder and almost +sent him from his horse. He caught the lines in his left hand, and +called in a clear but low voice to some invisible foe, "It's I, Conny +McConnell, and the lads in the buggy beyond are just Master Joe, the +doctor's son, coming home from college with a friend, just a laddie like +himsel'." + +There was not a sound in response unless a dry twig may have cracked, +but Conny paced slowly along until Doll's quick feet brought her into +the Glen. + +"Hullo, Conny!" called Master Joe, "did you hear a rifle-shot?" + +"Yes, sir," said Conny; "there's a deal of game running these nights." + +"What sort of game do you folks hunt with rifles up here?" asked +Douglass; but Conny did not answer, and in a few moments they came out +upon the open road, and saw the lights of Dunsmore about a mile before +them. + +Old Timothy was on the look-out, and long before they reached the house +they saw his lantern moving about the barn. + +"Here we are!" called Joe, throwing down the lines and springing out; +and in the happy confusion of the greetings no one looked at Conny, +until the doctor, taking his hand from the side of Prince, started to +see that it was stained with blood. + +"What! Why, bless us! Conny, what has happened to you?" + +"I think I have a little hurt somewhere in me shoulder, sir," said +Conny, sliding from the horse; "it's nothing much, sir, if you'd have +the goodness to fix me a little at the barn." + +But the doctor would not hear to such a thing, and took Conny to the +surgery, where he discovered that the bones of his arm were broken above +the elbow; and most unwillingly Conny told the story. + +How he had recognized the cry of warning, and understood that the young +gentlemen were mistaken for revenue officers, and that mischief would +probably be done them unless he could succeed in preventing the attack. + +"And so you invited them to empty their rifles on you," said the doctor, +gruffly; but as he spoke he wiped his eyes on a roll of bandages. + +"It's good luck it was me, sir," said Conny. "Wouldn't it have spited us +if Master Joe had been spoiled with a broken arm, and all the fun we've +been planning gone for nothing?" + +"But the rascals might have killed you." + +"I don't think they're that bad, sir; they were meaning a bit of a +scare, and maybe a drubbing or the likes." + +"I'll drub them," said the doctor; "I'll make this county too hot for +them," and then, having finished dressing the arm, he threw his own +dressing-gown over Conny. "My boy," he said, gently, "I understand +perfectly well what a brave thing you have done: you risked your own +life to save our Joe. I honor you and love you for it from my heart, but +you and I will keep it a secret between us for the present. I think it +would kill my wife to know her boy had been in such danger. She shall +not know it till that nest of murderers is cleared out." + +Conny's part in Master Joe's vacation was not exactly what he had +planned, but he scarcely regretted the wound that brought him such +gentle and loving care from every member of the family, by whom it was +only understood that Conny had been accidentally shot by a careless +hunter, and had borne his pain in silence all the long ride home from +the Glen. + +Months afterward, when the last moonshiner had disappeared, and the old +still in the forest had been dismantled, the doctor ventured to tell his +wife of Joe's escape. + +"And I have never thanked him," she said, her eyes filling with tears, +as she went straight to the attic, where Conny was so deeply absorbed in +a bit of carving that he did not see or hear her until she put her arms +around him and kissed him again and again. + +"I know all about it now, Conny--the brave, beautiful thing that you did +for my boy." + +"Oh, ma'am," said Conny, "it was nothing. I was so glad to do it." + +Mrs. Hunter kissed him again, as she repeated, gently, "'Greater love +hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.'" + +And Conny, not understanding, said, earnestly, "Maybe you'll think me +presuming to be saying it, but it's that same I'd do for ye, ma'am, or +for little Miss Betty, or the master himself, if it's any good it would +be bringing ye." + +"I believe you Conny," said Mrs. Hunter, "but I hope you may never have +a chance to try." + +THE END. + + + + +[Illustration] + +LITTLE MISS TURNER. + +BY W. T. PETERS. + + + "Oh, where have you been to, + My little Miss Turner-- + Oh, where have you been to to-day? + I've brought you my wagon + To take you a-riding; + So why have I found you away?" + + "Oh, I've been to the meadows," + Said little Miss Turner, + "With sweet robin-redbreast at play; + And the daisies and daffodils + Made me a bow, + And said, 'How do you do to-day?" + + + + +[Illustration: ROASTING EARS.--DRAWN BY S. G. MCCUTCHEON.] + + + + +EGYPTIAN WONDERS. + + +It is said that an Egyptian Prince dreamed one night of an obelisk, and +when he awoke ordered his engineers and his workmen to carve in solid +stone the strange and useless device. An obelisk resembles nothing so +much as the fanciful figures of a dream. It is a tall square pillar of a +peculiar form, often carved with hieroglyphics, and commemorating the +name and exploits of its founder. These solitary pillars of stone, +sometimes more than a hundred feet in height, are formed of one block or +piece, and must have been cut in the quarry with incessant labor. They +abound in Egypt, and were a common decoration of its immense temples. +Later, several of them were transported on great rafts or ships to the +city of Rome. There are in all twelve in that city. One of them is one +hundred and nine feet high without the base--a solid piece of red +granite. Europe has despoiled Egypt of its obelisks. Paris has one; +London another, crumbling away on the banks of the Thames; and we have +one in New York. The dream of the Egyptian Prince seems to have a strong +interest for all ages. + +All Egypt, its history, its cities, its buildings, its mummies, gods, +cats, hawks, bulls, sphinxes, the Memnonium, resemble the fancies of a +dream. The Nile flows through its sandy plain, and covers it with +fertility. Late discoveries have shown that it is one of the longest +rivers in the world, rising among the high mountains of Africa, and fed +by immense lakes. In Egypt it overflows its banks every year, and covers +the land with a rich deposit of mud. On its shores are the ruins of the +strangest of all architecture, the works of the ancient +Egyptians--immense, grand, awful. They are the largest of all buildings. +St. Paul's Cathedral, in London, or the Cologne Cathedral, or even St. +Peter's, at Rome, would be lost in the vast circuit of the columns of +Luxor and Karnak. As one passes them by moonlight on the smooth stream, +they seem, it is said, the palaces of giants. One temple was a mile and +a half in circumference. The Pyramids exceed all other buildings in +strength, height, and durability. Some of them are four or five thousand +years old. + + + + +[Illustration: OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.] + + +Very tasteful ornamental covers for the first volume of HARPER'S YOUNG +PEOPLE, which will conclude with No. 52, issued October 26, 1880, are +now ready, and will be sold for thirty-five cents, or forty-eight cents +if sent by mail, postage prepaid. These covers are not self-binding, but +any book-binder will put them on for a small charge. + + * * * * * + +We wish to call the attention of those of our readers engaged in making +exchanges to the great importance of careful and clearly written +addresses. We receive proofs daily of the neglect of this essential +point. In Post-office Box No. 46 we printed a letter from a +correspondent anxious to make an acknowledgment of a pretty mineral, but +who was unable to do so because she "could not make out the name" of the +sender. Another correspondent, whose correct address was printed in full +in Our Post-office Box, received a letter on which the only correct +portion of the direction was his own name and the city in which he +lived, the name and number of the street, and even the State, being +entirely wrong. That he ever received it at all is a proof of the great +experience and skill of Uncle Sam's Post-office Department. Now such a +very careless method of direction might result in the loss of valuable +minerals, stamps, or other specimens. + +Other correspondents report having received letters without name or +address of any kind, and yet the sender expected to be answered, and was +no doubt disappointed, as he was probably unaware that he had omitted a +very important part of his letter. + +We have ourselves received large numbers of correct answers to puzzles, +often accompanied by the pretty appeal, "Do, please, print my name in +the list of those sending correct answers," and neither initials, name, +nor even address attached upon which we could base an acknowledgment. +When the answers were published, and those little folks found their +solutions were correct, and yet their names didn't appear, no doubt they +thought themselves very badly treated; but the fault was not ours. + +Now when you direct a letter for purposes of exchange, copy the whole +address given in Our Post-office Box very carefully and clearly. And +give your own address in full, very plainly written, or else, even +should your letter reach its destination, you probably will not receive +an answer. + +Learn to bestow care and attention upon little things now while you are +young, and as you grow older you will find it easier to be careful in +things of greater importance, and thereby save yourself and others from +much unnecessary trouble. + + * * * * * + + BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS. + + It would be curious to know how many of the child-correspondents + of YOUNG PEOPLE are really getting good natural history + collections. I can not imagine a greater help in educating a + child. My little girl, known among them as "Wee Tot," is quite + absorbed in learning everything she can about shells, minerals, + birds, flowers, and other natural objects, and nearly every mail + brings or takes some new variety. + + ONE OF THE MOTHERS. + + * * * * * + + WEST BRIGHTON, STATEN ISLAND. + + Although I am not one of your youngest readers, I wish to tell you + that YOUNG PEOPLE is the best paper I ever saw for little folks, + and I very much wish there was one as good in my own country, + which is France. + + My pet is a little chicken hatched by steam, which I bought at + Coney Island, at a show where you can see the whole process of + hatching. The eggs are kept at a certain temperature for + twenty-one days, the length of time a hen would sit on them, and + then the little chickens begin to knock on their shells for + admittance into the wide world. In half an hour they are fairly + out, and ready to eat some yolk of an egg crumbled in little bits, + which is given them for the first few days of their life. + + I bought one when it was a day old. The poor little thing was put + in a card-board box, where it cried all the way home. I kept it in + a cage made of an old box for several weeks, fearing the cat would + take it for a bird, and eat it up. I call it Cocotte. It is very + tame, and follows me everywhere, but its favorite place is in the + kitchen closet, keeping guard over the oatmeal bag, which contains + its principal food, although it will eat any kind of meat with the + cats, and drinks milk with them. + + Cocotte, which is now two months old, is a Spanish Leghorn. She + sends her best love to YOUNG PEOPLE, and begs me to say that she + is a very happy orphan. + + A. D. + + * * * * * + + CLIFTON SPRINGS, NEW YORK. + + I have some very queer pets. They are craw-fish, which I caught in + a little creek. There were thirteen, but there are only twelve + now, for one fell out of the window. We keep them in a pan, and + they fight each other a great deal. A good many have some of their + claws bitten off, and in the morning I find a stray claw floating + on the top of the water. The two smallest are named Budge and + Toddy. I would like to know how to take care of them. + + BESSY F. + +You must put dirt and small stones on the bottom of your pan, for +craw-fish like to burrow and hide themselves in the mud. Feed them with +worms and bits of meat. If they live, and you watch them carefully, you +will find that the claws they lose will soon grow out again. + + * * * * * + + CINCINNATI, OHIO. + + As all the children write of their pets, I would like to tell + about mine. They are ten little silver minnows. They are so tame + they will come up to me when I go near them. They are very fond of + moss, which I put in the water for them, and they like to run + under it. + + In cold weather the water freezes, and I put the glass globe near + the fire to thaw. The minnows seem so happy when the water is + thawed. + + M. LILIAN K. + + * * * * * + + DUBLIN, NEW HAMPSHIRE. + + I send a very simple experiment to the chemists' club. Take equal + parts of oil and water, and even when shaken violently they will + not unite. Add a small quantity of ammonia, and they will take the + form of liquid soap. + + GEORGE L. O. + + * * * * * + + LYNCHBURGH, TEXAS. + + I am taking YOUNG PEOPLE, and I like it very much, but I like the + Post-office Box very much indeed. + + I have a pet colt. I raised it on milk. At first I had to feed it + with a bottle, as it had no mother. Its name is Minnehaha. It now + eats bread, sugar, or corn. When I call, it answers just like a + child, and will come to me. + + I have a wax doll named Lily. I had eight dolls, but I sent the + others to my little cousins. + + My little sister Ruby, five years old, has a pet cat that comes + every morning and gets in the bed with her, and lies down with its + head on her arm, like a little baby. + + PEARL A. H. + + * * * * * + + NORTH ANDOVER, MASSACHUSETTS. + + I was very much interested in the account of "Lovewell's Fight + with the Pigwackets," in YOUNG PEOPLE No. 47, as I live in the + house in which it is said Chaplain Jonathan Frye was born, and + from which he started to the fatal fight where he lost his life. + About sixty years ago my grandfather bought the house and repaired + it, and my uncle owns it now. The north portion is the oldest, and + the walls are finished with antique wooden panels. Formerly there + were very big fire-places, but they have all been modernized. + + Just before starting to fight the Indians, Chaplain Frye brought a + young elm-tree from the woods, and planted it on the green by the + road-side near the house. About a month afterward, in May, 1725, + he was killed, but the tree grew and flourished, and its great + round crown stood nobly against the storms and winds of a hundred + and fifty, years. It was known all through this region as the "Old + Frye Elm." Although it had many dead branches, it was still a + beautiful tree when in 1875 it was cut down. The trunk was left + standing about twenty feet high--a silent and mournful monument to + the memory of him who planted it. The winds carried some germs of + the solidago to the top of the stump, where they rooted in the + decaying wood, and for several autumns crowned it with their + golden blossoms. But the stump is now very much decayed, and must + soon fall, and this natural monument to the memory of a brave man + will disappear forever. + + HARRY W. C. + + * * * * * + + CONCORD, NEW HAMPSHIRE. + + I was very much interested in the story of the escape of Hannah + Dustin, in YOUNG PEOPLE No. 42, because I know many of the places + through which she passed. The brook that runs by our house empties + into the Merrimac. Lake Pennacook, now called Long Pond, supplies + the city of Concord with water. It is a favorite resort for + picnics and boating parties. + + The monument on the island at the mouth of the Contoocook is near + Fisherville, one of the suburbs of Concord. There is another + monument on the west side of Concord, which we pass every time we + go to town. It is in memory of several white people who were + massacred by Indians near that spot. + + We have felt three slight shocks of earthquakes here this summer. + + I hope the Moral Pirates will report their next cruise. + + B. M. + + * * * * * + + HAZLET, NEW JERSEY. + + I am a little boy nine years old. My mother, my little sister, and + myself came from Texas in June to spend the summer in the North. + We live in Galveston. I think HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE is full of + pretty stories. I have been very much interested in "The Moral + Pirates." I found a little row-boat in the creek last week, and + took possession of it with three of my little friends. We cruised + to the end of the creek, where we had to leave our boat, as we did + not know how to turn it around. The boat is there still. It is too + old to be of any use, and is abandoned by its owner. Mamma said I + must have been imitating the Moral Pirates. I never enjoyed myself + so much as I did that day. + + OMER. + + * * * * * + + WEYMOUTH, MASSACHUSETTS. + + I have asked my papa to write for me and tell you how much even a + blind boy may enjoy YOUNG PEOPLE. Mamma, papa, and Arthur read me + the stories over and over again. I should like to know the Moral + Pirates, but papa says my brother is one, and that ought to be + enough. + + I am almost seven. I used to run all about, chase the butterflies + and everything else that came in my way. But last year I was awful + sick, and though I run now as well as I can, my little brother can + run so much faster. I can see the light of the fire in papa's + fire-place, and the sunlight coming in at the windows, but the + things I used to see are so dark, and I can only feel. I have not + found a word of fault because I can not do like other boys. + + EVERETT C. B. + + * * * * * + + TROY, TENNESSEE. + + My brother Clarence takes YOUNG PEOPLE. I enjoy it almost as much + as he does, and he says he couldn't do without it. + + I have a doll with great blue eyes and light hair. Her name is + Dora. She is thirty inches high. Mamma dressed her in my own + lemon-colored lawn and blue sash. When papa gave Dora to me I + stood her by the side of my little sister Hallie, fourteen months + old, and they were the same height. + + My home is near Reelfoot Lake, which is about twenty miles long + and seven wide. Papa says it was sunk there about 1811. + + There are several mocking-birds tame enough to build in our yard + and raise young birds. The old ones sing all night when it is + moonlight. I am seven years old, and began school in September. + + PEARL H. + + * * * * * + + PLEASANTON, CALIFORNIA. + + I have taken YOUNG PEOPLE since No. 11, and I think it is a + splendid paper. + + I have only one pet--a black cat named Nig. He is very cunning. He + will sit up as well as any squirrel. He never mews unless he wants + a drink, or to run out-of-doors. He tries hard to turn the door + knob himself, but has never succeeded. + + MAMIE B. + + * * * * * + + I have postage stamps I would like to exchange with the + correspondents of YOUNG PEOPLE, if they will send me a list of the + stamps they would like, and of those they have to exchange. + + ETTIE A. HOUSTON, + 9 West Nineteenth Street, New York City. + + * * * * * + + My papa has taken HARPER'S WEEKLY for twenty years, and I take + YOUNG PEOPLE. I like "Old Times in the Colonies" and "The Story of + the American Navy" the best. I have a collection of about one + hundred and fifty stamps, and would like to exchange with any + readers of YOUNG PEOPLE. + + CURTIS BISHOP, + P. O. Box 1093, New London, Connecticut. + + * * * * * + + I have just begun to take YOUNG PEOPLE, and I like it very much. I + think "The Moral Pirates" ended splendidly. + + If any boy would like to exchange postage stamps with me, I would + be much obliged if he would send me a list of his stamps, and I + will send one of mine in return. + + C. F. MOSES, + Care of J. J. Cohen & Sons, Augusta, Georgia. + + * * * * * + + I have about two thousand foreign stamps, comprising about fifty + varieties, that I would like to exchange with the readers of YOUNG + PEOPLE, especially beginners, for I have not many rare varieties. + I have also a number of one, two, three, six, ten, twelve, + fifteen, twenty-four, and thirty cent War Department stamps to + exchange. + + GEORGE M. FINCKEL, + P. O. Box 368, Washington, D. C. + + * * * * * + + I have some little stone cells, built and occupied by worms. I + found them in a brook in Mount Alto Park, Franklin County, + Pennsylvania. The worms were alive when I took them from the + brook, and perhaps if I had kept them in water they would have + developed into something different. + + If George M. Finckel, or any other readers of YOUNG PEOPLE, would + like a few specimens of these worm cells in exchange for stamps, I + could supply them. My list of stamps is not large, as I am only + beginning a collection. I have no Chinese or West India stamps, + and would be glad to exchange for them any of the following, which + are all the duplicates I have: One zwei groschen Nord-deutscher + post: one eighty centime, Empire Francais; one sixpence; two + threepence; two two-hundred mils. Correos de Esco. de Espana. + + LIDIE B. KEITH, Waynesborough, + Franklin County, Pennsylvania. + + * * * * * + + I have about four hundred and twenty-five different kinds of + postage stamps, and would like to exchange with any of the readers + of YOUNG PEOPLE. I also have a lot of rare postmarks, which I + should like to exchange for stamps. I particularly wish the ninety + Interior, and the seven, twenty-four, thirty, and ninety of either + the War or Treasury Department; or any foreign stamps. I have + Persian, Turkish, Canadian, German, English, Swedish, and Interior + Department stamps for exchange. + + A. H. VERRILL, + P. O. Box 824, New Haven, Connecticut. + + * * * * * + + I would like to exchange with the readers of YOUNG PEOPLE some + rare foreign stamps for other foreign stamps and United States + official issues of 1851, '55, '56, '57, '61, '65, '69, '74, '75, + and '76. + + PAUL GOLDSMITH, + Hohokus, Bergen County, New Jersey. + + * * * * * + + I am making a collection of minerals, and I would gladly exchange + with any of the readers of YOUNG PEOPLE. + + CARRIE THORNER, + 185 Hurn Street, Toledo, Ohio. + + * * * * * + +J. B.--Honey-bees were unknown in America until they were brought here +by early European settlers. On this account the honey-bee is called +white man's fly by the Indians. + + * * * * * + +W. A.--From your description your "queer animal" appears to belong to +the family of caddis-worms. If he is a member of this family, he is a +scavenger, and will feed himself on the bits of decayed matter in the +water. After a while he will cling to some weed near the surface, and +spin a chrysalis, from which the caddisfly will break forth. + + * * * * * + +"CAPT. FRANK."--The directions you require are in YOUNG PEOPLE No. 26. + + * * * * * + +G. T. T.--Experience has shown that catamarans with two masts are not as +serviceable as those with one. + + * * * * * + +D. C. D.--A very popular Halloween game in Scotland is apple-catching. A +large tub of water is placed in the centre of the floor, and a basketful +of plump, rosy-cheeked apples dumped into it. The young folks then try +to pick them from the water with their teeth. As the apples are +slippery, and bob around merrily, there are a great many laughable +mishaps before the coveted prize is secured. A ten-cent piece may be +hidden in one of the apples, which gives more interest to the sport, as +the lucky possessor becomes King or Queen of the festival. This game has +its disadvantages, as you must play it in the kitchen, where the water +may be spattered on the floor without doing mischief. Then, too, you can +not wear your pretty new winter frock, but must be contented with a +calico dress, which you will get soaked with water, and must change the +moment all the apples are captured and the game finished, or you will +surely take cold, and remember Halloween with sorrow. We do not advise +you to try apple-catching, but give it as one of the few sportive games +associated with Halloween. There are many foolish tricks practiced on +that night, but they are intended for grown-up young men and maidens. +They are most of them innocent, but very silly. + + * * * * * + +C. D. N.--Nellie H.'s recipe for candy is in YOUNG PEOPLE No. 24. The +recipes for white cake and cream candy are both in No. 38. You will find +different recipes for cake and candy in Nos. 19, 27, 28, and 31 to 43 +inclusive. + + * * * * * + +Favors are acknowledged from Burt J. Wilson, Hammond W. S., Gracie +Stevens, Harry Kennard, Albert Rareshide, George H. K., Mary E. B., +Mabel Lowell, Julian H., G. E. H. + + * * * * * + +Correct answers to puzzles are received from H. M. P., Ernie Garden, +Allie Maxwell, Hugh Lesley, Nellie Cruger, Artie Winter, J. N. Howe, +Howard Rathbone, J. F. W. + + * * * * * + +PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS. + +No. 1. + +WORD SQUARES. + +1. First, lean. Second, part of a door. Third, to fish. Fourth, a +memorial. Fifth, to choose. + + BOLUS. + +2. First, a low shrub. Second, remarkable. Third, a mountain famous in +mythology. Fourth, a region. Fifth, rapidity. + + OWLET. + + * * * * * + +No. 2. + +DIAMOND. + +In HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE. Backward. Rancid. A European bird. Greased. A +boy's term for father. In HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE. + + BOLUS. + + * * * * * + +No. 3. + +HOUR-GLASS PUZZLE. + +Terrible. One of a wandering race. An affirmation. In Europe. A domestic +animal. Ludicrous. A powerful medicine. Centrals read downward spell the +name of an American author. + + S. F. W. + + * * * * * + +No. 4. + +ENIGMA. + + My first is in symbol, but not in sign. + My second in creeper, but not in vine. + My third is in mutton, but not in beef. + My fourth is in robber, but not in thief. + My fifth is in terrible, not in fright. + My sixth is in darkness, but not in night. + My seventh is in freshet, but not in tides. + My whole on a dreadful scorpion rides. + + BELLA. + + * * * * * + +ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN NO. 46. + +No. 1. + + N E M O + E R A T + M A N U + O T U S + +No. 2. + +Cannibal. + +No. 3. + + E + S E W + R E B E L + W E B + L + + M + N E W + M E T A L + W A Y + L + +No. 4. + + L am B + O hi O + N es S + D en T + O d O + N u N + +London, Boston. + +No. 5. + +Il n'y a que le premier pas qui coute. + + * * * * * + +Answer to Hand and Windmill Puzzle in No. 46--The first is a sponge, and +the second is a species of sea-anemone. + + + + +ADVERTISEMENTS. + + + + +HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE. + +HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE will be issued every Tuesday, and may be had at +the following rates--_payable in advance, postage free_: + + SINGLE COPIES $0.04 + ONE SUBSCRIPTION, _one year_ 1.50 + FIVE SUBSCRIPTIONS, _one year_ 7.00 + +Subscriptions may begin with any Number. When no time is specified, it +will be understood that the subscriber desires to commence with the +Number issued after the receipt of order. + +Remittances should be made by POST-OFFICE MONEY ORDER or DRAFT, to avoid +risk of loss. + +ADVERTISING. + +The extent and character of the circulation of HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE +will render it a first-class medium for advertising. A limited number of +approved advertisements will be inserted on two inside pages at 75 cents +per line. + + Address + HARPER & BROTHERS, + Franklin Square, N. Y. + + + + +Harper's New and Enlarged Catalogue, + +With a COMPLETE ANALYTICAL INDEX, add a VISITORS' GUIDE TO THEIR +ESTABLISHMENT, + +Sent by mail on receipt of Nine Cents. + +HARPER & BROTHERS, FRANKLIN SQUARE, N. Y. + + + + +COLUMBIA BICYCLE. + +[Illustration] + +Bicycle riding is the best as well as the healthiest of out-door sports; +is easily learned and never forgotten. Send 3c. stamp for 24-page +Illustrated Catalogue, containing Price-Lists and full information. + +THE POPE MFG. CO., + +79 Summer St., Boston, Mass. + + + + +CHILDREN'S + +PICTURE-BOOKS. + + Square 4to, about 300 pages each, beautifully printed on Tinted + Paper, embellished with many Illustrations, bound in Cloth, $1.50 + per volume. + +The Children's Picture-Book of Sagacity of Animals. + + With Sixty Illustrations by HARRISON WEIR. + +The Children's Bible Picture-Book. + + With Eighty Illustrations, from Designs by STEINLE, OVERBECK, + VEIT, SCHNORR, &c. + +The Children's Picture Fable-Book. + + Containing One Hundred and Sixty Fables. With Sixty Illustrations + by HARRISON WEIR. + +The Children's Picture-Book of Birds. + + With Sixty-one Illustrations by W. HARVEY. + +The Children's Picture-Book of Quadrupeds and other Mammalia. + + With Sixty-one Illustrations by W. HARVEY. + + * * * * * + +Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York. + +_Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the United States, on +receipt of the price._ + + + + +The Child's Book of Nature. + + * * * * * + +The Child's Book of Nature, for the Use of Families and Schools: +intended to aid Mothers and Teachers in Training Children in the +Observation of Nature. In Three Parts. Part I. Plants. Part II. Animals. +Part III. Air, Water, Heat, Light, &c. By WORTHINGTON HOOKER, M.D. +Illustrated. The Three Parts complete in One Volume, Small 4to, Half +Leather, $1.12; or, separately, in Cloth, Part I., 45 cents; Part II., +48 cents; Part III., 48 cents. + + * * * * * + +A beautiful and useful work. It presents a general survey of the kingdom +of nature in a manner adapted to attract the attention of the child, and +at the same time to furnish him with accurate and important scientific +information. While the work is well suited as a class-book for schools, +its fresh and simple style cannot fail to render it a great favorite for +family reading. + +The Three Parts of this book can be had in separate volumes by those who +desire it. This will be advisable when the book is to be used in +teaching quite young children, especially in schools. + + * * * * * + +Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York. + +_Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the United States, on +receipt of the price._ + + + + +[Illustration] + +THE WOMBAT. + + + A Mandarin owned a wombat + That grew so exceedingly fat + That, when it would laugh + 'Twould most break in half, + And tickle the soul of the cat. + + * * * * * + +=A Dog that could Cipher.=--The well-known English astronomer Dr. +Huggins had a mastiff that bore the name of Kepler. This dog possessed +many rare gifts, and amongst these was one which he was always ready to +exercise for the entertainment of visitors. At the close of luncheon or +dinner Kepler used to march into the room, and set himself down at his +master's feet. Dr. Huggins then asked him a series of arithmetical +questions, which the dog invariably solved without a mistake. Square +roots were extracted off-hand with the utmost readiness and promptness. +If asked what was the square root of nine, Kepler replied by three +barks; or, if the question were the square root of sixteen, by four. +Then various questions followed, in which much more complicated +processes were involved--such, for instance, as "Add seven to eight, +divide the sum by three, and multiply by two." To such a question as +that Kepler gave more consideration, and sometimes hesitated in making +up his mind as to where his barks ought finally to stop. Still, in the +end, his decision was always right. But how did he do it? may be asked. +The solution is easily furnished: the proper answer was unconsciously +suggested to the dog by his master. The wonderful fact is that Kepler +had acquired the habit of reading in his master's eye or countenance +some indication that was not known to Dr. Huggins himself. The case was +one of the class which is distinguished by physiologists as that of +expectant attention. Dr. Huggins was himself engaged in working out +mentally the various stages of his arithmetical processes as he +propounded the numbers to Kepler, and being, therefore, aware of what +the answer should be, expected the dog to cease barking when that number +was reached, and that expectation suggested to his own brain the +unconscious signal which was caught by the quick eye of the dog. + + + + +SOLUTION TO SQUARE PUZZLE IN No. 46. + + +[Illustration] + +Start with, your pencil from figure 1 and draw a line to 2, from there +to 3, and so on from number to number till you have completed the +figure. + + + + +CHARADE. + +BY H. + + + Up in the air I'm lifted high + Above the worshippers below, + Yet near their hearts I always lie, + As reverently they come and go. + + I've many forms, like Proteus old, + But tell forever the same tale; + Men gaze, and see by me foretold + What sometimes makes their cheeks grow pale. + + And through my secret winding course + There ebbs and flows a mighty tide; + Alas! what pangs of keen remorse + Are his who turns that stream aside! + + Yet in the gay and festive throng + I am what many a maid may be, + While in the pauses of the song + Her lover pleads his cause in me. + + Sometimes, a ship, I face the storm; + Sometimes beneath the earth I bide, + And then its beauty men deform + To find the secret that I hide. + + But in the air, or in the breast, + Whate'er my form, like beast or bird, + I keep my secret from the rest-- + By man my voice is never heard. + + * * * * * + +The quicksilver mines of Guancavelica, in Peru, are of a prodigious +depth. In their profound abysses are seen streets, squares, and a chapel +where religious mysteries are celebrated on all festivals. Thousands of +flambeaux are continually burning in it. The miners suffer terribly from +the mercurial vapors, which produce convulsions and paralysis. Thousands +of workmen were condemned to forced labor in these frightful +subterranean regions. These mines were discovered about 1566 by Henry +Garces, a Portuguese, who was one day examining a red earth used by the +Indians for making paint. He remembered that in Europe quicksilver was +extracted from cinnabar, and with this earth he made some experiments +which led to the opening of this mine. + + + + +[Illustration: QUACK!] + +[Illustration: QUACK! QUACK!] + +[Illustration: QUACK! QUACK! QUACK!] + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, October 5, 1880, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, OCT 5, 1880 *** + +***** This file should be named 29174.txt or 29174.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/1/7/29174/ + +Produced by Annie McGuire + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/29174.zip b/29174.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7a021b --- /dev/null +++ b/29174.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6bca82 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #29174 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/29174) |
